Commit Graph

50948 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Samuel Ortiz dbd4fcaf8d NFC: Export nfc.h to userland
The netlink commands and attributes, along with the socket structure
definitions need to be exported.

Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 13:08:13 -04:00
Johannes Berg ac55d2fe05 mac80211: (selectively) add HT details in radiotap
Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield)
to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all
drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set
which radiotap MCS details they report.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 12:46:38 -04:00
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.com ee70108fa2 mac80211: Add IV-room in the skb for TKIP and WEP
Add IV-room in skb also for TKIP and WEP.
Extend patch: "mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys"

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 12:46:37 -04:00
Hauke Mehrtens 2b2715b83c bcma: add bcma_core_pci_config_fixup()
This code is based on code from pcie_misc_config_fixup() in brcmsmac.
This patch is part of the move of pci specific code from brcmsmac to
bcma.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 12:45:22 -04:00
Hauke Mehrtens ec00f37321 bcma: add bcma_core_pci_fixcfg()
This code is based on code from pcicore_fixcfg() in brcmsmac. This
patch is part of the move of pci specific code from brcmsmac to bcma.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 12:45:22 -04:00
Hauke Mehrtens 29f6b3d823 bcma: add bcma_core_pci_extend_L1timer
This code is based on code from pcie_extendL1timer() in brcmsmac. This
patch is part of the move of pci specific code from brcmsmac to bcma.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 12:45:22 -04:00
Hauke Mehrtens e2da4bd3ec bcma/ssb: parse new attributes from sprom
These newly added attributes are used by brcmsmac. Now bcma should
parse all attributes used by brcmsmac out of the sprom.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 12:45:22 -04:00
Hauke Mehrtens 673335c8f0 ssb: fill board_rev attribute from sprom
This attribute is now used in b43 driver and should be filled for all
sprom versions.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 12:45:21 -04:00
Hauke Mehrtens bf7d420b4a ssb/bcma: fill attribute alpha2 from sprom
The attribute country_code and alpha2 are two different attributes in
the sprom. country_code contains some code in an 8 bit coding and
alpha2 contains two chars with the country code. The attributes where
read out wrongly in the past and country_code is only available on
sprom version 1.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 12:45:21 -04:00
Hauke Mehrtens 0a2fcaa70c bcma: add boardinfo struct
This struct contains information about the board, the chip is running
on. The struct is filled for PCIe devices and SoCs. This information is
used by b43 and will be used by brcmsmac soon.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 12:45:21 -04:00
Hauke Mehrtens 5a20ef3db2 ssb: remove rev from boardinfo
Previously the rev contained the revision read from the pci config
space and was used as board_rev in the wireless drivers. This is wrong
the board_rev is only fetched from the sprom accordingly to the open
source part of the Broadcom SDK and brcmsmac. This patch removes the
rev from the boardinfo structure and uses the board_rev attribute from
sprom instead. This attribute is filled by PCI, PCMCIA, SDIO and SoC
code.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 12:45:20 -04:00
Anton Vorontsov 1894a253db ramoops: Move to fs/pstore/ram.c
Since ramoops was converted to pstore, it has nothing to do with character
devices nowadays. Instead, today it is just a RAM backend for pstore.

The patch just moves things around. There are a few changes were needed
because of the move:

1. Kconfig and Makefiles fixups, of course.

2. In pstore/ram.c we have to play a bit with MODULE_PARAM_PREFIX, this
   is needed to keep user experience the same as with ramoops driver
   (i.e. so that ramoops.foo kernel command line arguments would still
   work).

Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <anton.vorontsov@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Marco Stornelli <marco.stornelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-16 08:06:37 -07:00
Arnd Bergmann 3c0dec5f58 Merge branch 'clk-next' of git://git.linaro.org/people/mturquette/linux into next/clock
* 'clk-next' of git://git.linaro.org/people/mturquette/linux:
  clk: Fix CLK_SET_RATE_GATE flag validation in clk_set_rate().
  clk: Provide dummy clk_unregister()
  ARM: Kirkwood: Replace clock gating
  ARM: Orion: Audio: Add clk/clkdev support
  ARM: Orion: PCIE: Add support for clk
  ARM: Orion: XOR: Add support for clk
  ARM: Orion: CESA: Add support for clk
  ARM: Orion: SDIO: Add support for clk.
  ARM: Orion: NAND: Add support for clk, if there is one.
  ARM: Orion: EHCI: Add support for enabling clocks
  ARM: Orion: SATA: Add per channel clk/clkdev support.
  ARM: Orion: UART: Get the clock rate via clk_get_rate().
  ARM: Orion: WDT: Add clk/clkdev support
  ARM: Orion: Eth: Add clk/clkdev support.
  ARM: Orion: SPI: Add clk/clkdev support.
  ARM: Orion: Add clocks using the generic clk infrastructure.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2012-05-16 16:35:25 +02:00
David S. Miller d0cad88d07 Merge branch 'for-davem' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless
John Linville says:

Here are three more fixes that some of my developers are desperate to
see included in 3.4...

Johan Hedberg went to some length justifyng the inclusion of these two
Bluetooth fixes:

"The device_connected fix should be quite self-explanatory, but it's
actually a wider issue than just for keyboards. All profiles that do
incoming connection authorization (e.g. headsets) will break without it
with specific hardware. The reason it wasn't caught earlier is that it
only occurs with specific Bluetooth adapters.

As for the security level patch, this fixes L2CAP socket based security
level elevation during a connection. The HID profile needs this (for
keyboards) and it is the only way to achieve the security level
elevation when using the management interface to talk to the kernel
(hence the management enabling patch being the one that exposes this"

The rtlwifi fix addresses a regression related to firmware loading,
as described in kernel.org bug 43187.  It basically just moves a hunk
of code to a more appropriate place.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-16 01:04:07 -04:00
David S. Miller c727e7f007 Merge branch 'delete-tokenring' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux 2012-05-16 01:02:40 -04:00
David Daney 82251de2a2 netdev/phy: Make get_phy_id() static and quit EXPORTing it.
This function is only referenced from within phy_device.c, so there is
no reason to export it.  In fact, we can make it static.

Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-16 00:59:12 -04:00
Paul Gortmaker ee446fd5e6 tokenring: delete all remaining driver support
This represents the mass deletion of the of the tokenring support.

It gets rid of:
  - the net/tr.c which the drivers depended on
  - the drivers/net component
  - the Kbuild infrastructure around it
  - any tokenring related CONFIG_ settings in any defconfigs
  - the tokenring headers in the include/linux dir
  - the firmware associated with the tokenring drivers.
  - any associated token ring documentation.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-05-15 20:23:16 -04:00
Paul Gortmaker 211ed86510 net: delete all instances of special processing for token ring
We are going to delete the Token ring support.  This removes any
special processing in the core networking for token ring, (aside
from net/tr.c itself), leaving the drivers and remaining tokenring
support present but inert.

The mass removal of the drivers and net/tr.c will be in a separate
commit, so that the history of these files that we still care
about won't have the giant deletion tied into their history.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-05-15 20:14:35 -04:00
Paul Gortmaker 60eea6cf29 atm: remove the coupling to token ring support
The token ring support is going away, so decouple
the atm support from it in advance.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-05-15 20:14:35 -04:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman 7186364e46 USB: serial: hook up reset_resume callback
The callback is now hooked up for any USB to serial driver that wants
it.  We only register the callback if any of the usb-serial structures
want it, this keeps the USB core happy.

Thanks to Alan Stern for the ideas on how to do this.

Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-15 15:40:00 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman 8751e03958 userns: Convert tmpfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-05-15 14:59:29 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman dcb0f22282 userns: Convert proc to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-05-15 14:59:28 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman 08cefc7ab8 userns: Convert ext4 to user kuid/kgid where appropriate
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-05-15 14:59:27 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman 1523299d58 userns: Convert ext3 to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-05-15 14:59:27 -07:00
Jan Kara fd2cbd4dfa jbd: Write journal superblock with WRITE_FUA after checkpointing
If journal superblock is written only in disk's caches and other transaction
starts reusing space of the transaction cleaned from the log, it can happen
blocks of a new transaction reach the disk before journal superblock. When
power failure happens in such case, subsequent journal replay would still try
to replay the old transaction but some of it's blocks may be already
overwritten by the new transaction. For this reason we must use WRITE_FUA when
updating log tail and we must first write new log tail to disk and update
in-memory information only after that.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2012-05-15 23:34:37 +02:00
Jan Kara 9754e39c7b jbd: Split updating of journal superblock and marking journal empty
There are three case of updating journal superblock. In the first case, we want
to mark journal as empty (setting s_sequence to 0), in the second case we want
to update log tail, in the third case we want to update s_errno. Split these
cases into separate functions. It makes the code slightly more straightforward
and later patches will make the distinction even more important.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2012-05-15 23:34:36 +02:00
Eric Lapuyade 03bed29e05 NFC: HCI drivers don't have to keep track of polling state
The NFC core code already does that for them.

Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-15 17:31:22 -04:00
Eric Lapuyade bbed0deefb NFC: HCI based pn544 driver
This is an NFC driver for NXP pn544.
Unlike pn544.c, this one is based on the NFC HCI and SHDLC kernel layers.

Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-15 17:30:30 -04:00
Eric Lapuyade 1676f75159 NFC: Add HCI/SHDLC support to let driver check for tag presence
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-15 17:28:00 -04:00
Eric Lapuyade d4ccb13280 NFC: Specify usage for targets found and target lost events
It is now specified that nfc_target_found() and nfc_target_lost() core
functions must not be called from an atomic context. This allow us to
serialize calls and protect the targets table using the nfc device lock
instead of a spinlock.

Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-15 17:28:00 -04:00
Eric Lapuyade addfabf98d NFC: Remove useless HCI private nfc target table
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-15 17:28:00 -04:00
Eric Lapuyade 9009943326 NFC: Cache the core NFC active target pointer instead of its index
The NFC Core now caches the active nfc target pointer, thereby avoiding
the need to lookup the target table for each invocation of a driver ops.
Consequently, pn533, HCI and NCI now directly receive an nfc_target
pointer instead of a target index.

Cc: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-15 17:27:59 -04:00
Zefir Kurtisi 536acc085c nl80211: fix typos in comments
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-15 17:27:59 -04:00
Eric W. Biederman a7c1938e22 userns: Convert stat to return values mapped from kuids and kgids
- Store uids and gids with kuid_t and kgid_t in struct kstat
- Convert uid and gids to userspace usable values with
  from_kuid and from_kgid

Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-05-15 14:08:35 -07:00
John W. Linville 6037463148 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem 2012-05-15 16:38:00 -04:00
Kuninori Morimoto 2564f67bc8 [media] V4L2: sh_mobile_ceu: manage lower 8bit bus
CAMCR::DTIF feild controls camera bus as upper8bit/16bit/lower8bit.
This patch manages unmanaged lower 8bit bus

Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-15 16:15:14 -03:00
Laurent Pinchart 914f05c811 [media] soc-camera: Support user-configurable line stride
Add a capabilities field to the soc_camera_host structure to flag hosts
that support user-configurable line strides. soc_camera_try_fmt() then
passes the user-provided bytesperline and sizeimage format fields to
such hosts, and expects the host to check (and fix if needed) the
values.

Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
[g.liakhovetski@gmx.de: fix a typo in mx2_camera.c]
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-15 16:12:54 -03:00
Laurent Pinchart 8929c96378 [media] soc-camera: Add soc_mbus_image_size
The function returns the minimum size of an image for a given number of
bytes per line (as per the V4L2 specification), width and format.

Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-15 16:10:20 -03:00
Laurent Pinchart ad3b81faa1 [media] soc-camera: Add plane layout information to struct soc_mbus_pixelfmt
To compute the value of the v4l2_pix_format::bytesperline field, we need
information about planes layout for planar formats. The new enum
soc_mbus_layout conveys that information.

Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-15 16:09:41 -03:00
David S. Miller bc9b35ad41 xfrm: Convert several xfrm policy match functions to bool.
xfrm_selector_match
xfrm_sec_ctx_match
__xfrm4_selector_match
__xfrm6_selector_match

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-15 15:04:57 -04:00
Mark Brown 1df5c939f6 clk: Provide dummy clk_unregister()
While there's no actual implementation behind it having the call to use
in drivers makes them feel neater from a driver author point of view. An
actual implementation can wait for someone who needs to use the function
in a real system.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
[mturquette@linaro.org: void return type instead of int -EINVAL]
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
2012-05-15 12:02:39 -07:00
Mark Brown 6550334f96 mfd: wm8994: Update to fully use irq_domain
Take advantage of the new regmap irq_domain support to dynamically
allocate interrupts, using regmap_irq_get_virq() rather than irq_base
to look up the interrupts. This means that most users should not need
to specify an irq_base at all.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-15 18:57:25 +01:00
Joe Perches 3a3bfb61e6 net: Add net_ratelimited_function and net_<level>_ratelimited macros
__ratelimit() can be considered an inverted bool test because
it returns true when not ratelimited.  Several tests in the
kernel tree use this __ratelimit() function incorrectly.

No net_ratelimit uses are incorrect currently though.

Most uses of net_ratelimit are to log something via printk or
pr_<level>.

In order to minimize the uses of net_ratelimit, and to start
standardizing the code style used for __ratelimit() and net_ratelimit(),
add a net_ratelimited_function() macro and net_<level>_ratelimited()
logging macros similar to pr_<level>_ratelimited that use the global
net_ratelimit instead of a static per call site "struct ratelimit_state".

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-15 13:45:02 -04:00
Ming Lei 5b6e9bcdeb usbnet: fix skb traversing races during unlink(v2)
Commit 4231d47e6fe69f061f96c98c30eaf9fb4c14b96d(net/usbnet: avoid
recursive locking in usbnet_stop()) fixes the recursive locking
problem by releasing the skb queue lock before unlink, but may
cause skb traversing races:
	- after URB is unlinked and the queue lock is released,
	the refered skb and skb->next may be moved to done queue,
	even be released
	- in skb_queue_walk_safe, the next skb is still obtained
	by next pointer of the last skb
	- so maybe trigger oops or other problems

This patch extends the usage of entry->state to describe 'start_unlink'
state, so always holding the queue(rx/tx) lock to change the state if
the referd skb is in rx or tx queue because we need to know if the
refered urb has been started unlinking in unlink_urbs.

The other part of this patch is based on Huajun's patch:
always traverse from head of the tx/rx queue to get skb which is
to be unlinked but not been started unlinking.

Signed-off-by: Huajun Li <huajun.li.lee@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <tom.leiming@gmail.com>
Cc: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-15 13:41:42 -04:00
Manish chopra 75928b1e80 linux/ethtool: Added macro ETH_FW_DUMP_DISABLE
o flag field of ethtool_dump structure must be initialized by this macro
value that is zero, if the firmware dump is disabled.
by this we can get the firmware dump capability [enable/disable] via ethtool

Signed-off-by: Manish chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-15 13:13:33 -04:00
Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk 165c8aed5b frontswap: s/put_page/store/g s/get_page/load
Sounds so much more natural.

Suggested-by: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
2012-05-15 11:34:08 -04:00
Dan Magenheimer 38b5faf4b1 mm: frontswap: core swap subsystem hooks and headers
This patch, 2of4, contains the changes to the core swap subsystem.
This includes:

(1) makes available core swap data structures (swap_lock, swap_list and
swap_info) that are needed by frontswap.c but we don't need to expose them
to the dozens of files that include swap.h so we create a new swapfile.h
just to extern-ify these and modify their declarations to non-static

(2) adds frontswap-related elements to swap_info_struct.  Frontswap_map
points to vzalloc'ed one-bit-per-swap-page metadata that indicates
whether the swap page is in frontswap or in the device and frontswap_pages
counts how many pages are in frontswap.

(3) adds hooks in the swap subsystem and extends try_to_unuse so that
frontswap_shrink can do a "partial swapoff".

Note that a failed frontswap_map allocation is safe... failure is noted
by lack of "FS" in the subsequent printk.

---

[v14: rebase to 3.4-rc2]
[v10: no change]
[v9: akpm@linux-foundation.org: mark some statics __read_mostly]
[v9: akpm@linux-foundation.org: add clarifying comments]
[v9: akpm@linux-foundation.org: no need to loop repeating try_to_unuse]
[v9: error27@gmail.com: remove superfluous check for NULL]
[v8: rebase to 3.0-rc4]
[v8: kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com: change counter to atomic_t to avoid races]
[v8: kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com: comment to clarify informational counters]
[v7: rebase to 3.0-rc3]
[v7: JBeulich@novell.com: add new swap struct elements only if config'd]
[v6: rebase to 3.0-rc1]
[v6: lliubbo@gmail.com: fix null pointer deref if vzalloc fails]
[v6: konrad.wilk@oracl.com: various checks and code clarifications/comments]
[v5: no change from v4]
[v4: rebase to 2.6.39]
Signed-off-by: Dan Magenheimer <dan.magenheimer@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Kamezawa Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Jan Beulich <JBeulich@novell.com>
Acked-by: Seth Jennings <sjenning@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx>
Cc: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Cc: Rik Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
[v11: Rebased, fixed mm/swapfile.c context change]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
2012-05-15 11:33:58 -04:00
Dan Magenheimer c3ba969815 mm: frontswap: add frontswap header file
Frontswap is the alter ego of cleancache, the "yang" to cleancache's
"yin"... and more precisely frontswap is the provider of anonymous
pages to transcendent memory to nicely complement cleancache's providing
of clean pagecache pages to transcendent memory.  For optimal use
of transcendent memory, both are necessary... because a kernel
under memory pressure first reclaims clean pagecache pages and,
when under more memory pressure, starts swapping anonymous pages.

Frontswap and cleancache (which was merged at 3.0) are the "frontends"
and the only necessary changes to the core kernel for transcendent memory;
all other supporting code -- the "backends" -- is implemented as drivers.
See the LWN.net article "Transcendent memory in a nutshell" for a detailed
overview of frontswap and related kernel parts:
https://lwn.net/Articles/454795/

Frontswap code was first posted publicly in January 2009 and on LKML in
May 2009, and has remained functionally stable for nearly three years now.
It is barely invasive, touching only the swap subsystem and adds less
than 100 lines of code to existing swap subsystem code files.
It has improved syntactically substantially between V1 and this posting
of V14, thanks to the review of a few kernel developers, and has adapted
easily to at least one major swap subsystem change.  As of 3.4, there are
three in-tree users of frontswap patiently waiting for this patchset and
for CONFIG_FRONTSWAP to be enabled: zcache (staging driver merged at
2.6.39), Xen tmem (merged at 3.0 and 3.1) and RAMster (staging driver
merged at 3.4).  In addition, a RFC has been posted for a KVM backend.
The frontswap patchset has been in linux-next since next-110603.  Earlier
versions of frontswap already ship in the Oracle Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel
and SuSE SLES.

This patch, 1of4, provides the header file for the core code for frontswap
that interfaces between the hooks in the swap subsystem and a frontswap
backend via frontswap_ops.
---
New file added: include/linux/frontswap.h

[v14: add support for writethrough, per suggestion by aarcange@redhat.com]
[v14: rebase to 3.4-rc2]
[v11: konrad.wilk@oracle.com: squashed s/flush/invalidate/ in]
[v10: no change]
[v9: akpm@linux-foundation.org: change "flush" to "invalidate", part 1]
[v8: rebase to 3.0-rc4]
[v7: rebase to 3.0-rc3]
[v7: JBeulich@novell.com: new static inlines resolve to no-ops if not config'd]
[v7: JBeulich@novell.com: avoid redundant shifts/divides for *_bit lib calls]
[v6: rebase to 3.1-rc1]
[v5: no change from v4]
[v4: rebase to 2.6.39]
Signed-off-by: Dan Magenheimer <dan.magenheimer@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Jan Beulich <JBeulich@novell.com>
Acked-by: Seth Jennings <sjenning@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx>
Cc: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Cc: Rik Riel <riel@redhat.com>
[v15: int/bool on some functions]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
2012-05-15 11:33:46 -04:00
Peter Zijlstra 4d82a1debb lockdep: fix oops in processing workqueue
Under memory load, on x86_64, with lockdep enabled, the workqueue's
process_one_work() has been seen to oops in __lock_acquire(), barfing
on a 0xffffffff00000000 pointer in the lockdep_map's class_cache[].

Because it's permissible to free a work_struct from its callout function,
the map used is an onstack copy of the map given in the work_struct: and
that copy is made without any locking.

Surprisingly, gcc (4.5.1 in Hugh's case) uses "rep movsl" rather than
"rep movsq" for that structure copy: which might race with a workqueue
user's wait_on_work() doing lock_map_acquire() on the source of the
copy, putting a pointer into the class_cache[], but only in time for
the top half of that pointer to be copied to the destination map.

Boom when process_one_work() subsequently does lock_map_acquire()
on its onstack copy of the lockdep_map.

Fix this, and a similar instance in call_timer_fn(), with a
lockdep_copy_map() function which additionally NULLs the class_cache[].

Note: this oops was actually seen on 3.4-next, where flush_work() newly
does the racing lock_map_acquire(); but Tejun points out that 3.4 and
earlier are already vulnerable to the same through wait_on_work().

* Patch orginally from Peter.  Hugh modified it a bit and wrote the
  description.

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Reported-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
LKML-Reference: <alpine.LSU.2.00.1205070951170.1544@eggly.anvils>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
2012-05-15 08:08:31 -07:00
David Howells b404aef72f KEYS: Don't check for NULL key pointer in key_validate()
Don't bother checking for NULL key pointer in key_validate() as all of the
places that call it will crash anyway if the relevant key pointer is NULL by
the time they call key_validate().  Therefore, the checking must be done prior
to calling here.

Whilst we're at it, simplify the key_validate() function a bit and mark its
argument const.

Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <james.l.morris@oracle.com>
2012-05-16 00:54:33 +10:00
Guennadi Liakhovetski ad3537b567 [media] V4L: soc-camera: (cosmetic) use a more explicit name for a host handler
Use "enum_framesizes" instead of "enum_fsizes" to more precisely follow
the name of the respective ioctl().

Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sergio Aguirre <sergio.a.aguirre@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-15 08:52:49 -03:00
Hans Verkuil 6e6d76cdc5 [media] v4l2-event: fix regression with initial event handling
If the V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_SEND_INITIAL was set, then the application expects
to receive an initial event of the initial value of the control.

However, commit c53c254933 that added the new
v4l2_subscribed_event_ops introduced a regression: while the code still queued
that initial event the __v4l2_event_queue_fh() function was modified to ignore
such requests if sev->elems was 0 (meaning that the event subscription wasn't
finished yet).

And sev->elems was only set to a non-zero value after the add operation
returned.

This patch fixes this by passing the elems value to the add function. Then the
add function can set it before queuing the initial event.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-15 08:43:06 -03:00
Mauro Carvalho Chehab 69ecdbac14 Merge remote-tracking branch 'linus/master' into staging/for_v3.5
* linus/master: (805 commits)
  tty: Fix LED error return
  openvswitch: checking wrong variable in queue_userspace_packet()
  bonding: Fix LACPDU rx_dropped commit.
  Linux 3.4-rc7
  ARM: EXYNOS: fix ctrlbit for exynos5_clk_pdma1
  ARM: EXYNOS: use s5p-timer for UniversalC210 board
  ARM / mach-shmobile: Invalidate caches when booting secondary cores
  ARM / mach-shmobile: sh73a0 SMP TWD boot regression fix
  ARM / mach-shmobile: r8a7779 SMP TWD boot regression fix
  ARM: mach-shmobile: convert ag5evm to use the generic MMC GPIO hotplug helper
  ARM: mach-shmobile: convert mackerel to use the generic MMC GPIO hotplug helper
  MAINTAINERS: Add myself as the cpufreq maintainer
  dm mpath: check if scsi_dh module already loaded before trying to load
  dm thin: correct module description
  dm thin: fix unprotected use of prepared_discards list
  dm thin: reinstate missing mempool_free in cell_release_singleton
  gpio/exynos: Fix compiler warnings when non-exynos machines are selected
  gpio: pch9: Use proper flow type handlers
  powerpc/irq: Fix another case of lazy IRQ state getting out of sync
  ks8851: Update link status during link change interrupt
  ...

Conflicts:
	drivers/media/common/tuners/xc5000.c
	drivers/media/common/tuners/xc5000.h
	drivers/usb/gadget/uvc_queue.c
2012-05-15 08:39:25 -03:00
Arnd Bergmann 423b742bec Merge branch 'kirkwood_boards_for_v3.5' of git://git.infradead.org/users/jcooper/linux into next/boards
* 'kirkwood_boards_for_v3.5' of git://git.infradead.org/users/jcooper/linux:
  ARM: kirkwood: Add support for RaidSonic IB-NAS6210/6220 using devicetree
  kirkwood: Add iconnect support
  orion/kirkwood: create a generic function for gpio led blinking
  kirkwood/orion: fix orion_gpio_set_blink
  ARM: kirkwood: Define DNS-320/DNS-325 NAND in fdt
  kirkwood: Allow nand to be configured via. devicetree
  mtd: Add orion_nand devicetree bindings
  ARM: kirkwood: Basic support for DNS-320 and DNS-325

Includes an update to v3.4-rc7

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2012-05-15 10:41:07 +02:00
Tejun Heo 05c69d298c block: fix buffer overflow when printing partition UUIDs
6d1d8050b4 "block, partition: add partition_meta_info to hd_struct"
added part_unpack_uuid() which assumes that the passed in buffer has
enough space for sprintfing "%pU" - 37 characters including '\0'.

Unfortunately, b5af921ec0 "init: add support for root devices
specified by partition UUID" supplied 33 bytes buffer to the function
leading to the following panic with stackprotector enabled.

  Kernel panic - not syncing: stack-protector: Kernel stack corrupted in: ffffffff81b14c7e

  [<ffffffff815e226b>] panic+0xba/0x1c6
  [<ffffffff81b14c7e>] ? printk_all_partitions+0x259/0x26xb
  [<ffffffff810566bb>] __stack_chk_fail+0x1b/0x20
  [<ffffffff81b15c7e>] printk_all_paritions+0x259/0x26xb
  [<ffffffff81aedfe0>] mount_block_root+0x1bc/0x27f
  [<ffffffff81aee0fa>] mount_root+0x57/0x5b
  [<ffffffff81aee23b>] prepare_namespace+0x13d/0x176
  [<ffffffff8107eec0>] ? release_tgcred.isra.4+0x330/0x30
  [<ffffffff81aedd60>] kernel_init+0x155/0x15a
  [<ffffffff81087b97>] ? schedule_tail+0x27/0xb0
  [<ffffffff815f4d24>] kernel_thread_helper+0x5/0x10
  [<ffffffff81aedc0b>] ? start_kernel+0x3c5/0x3c5
  [<ffffffff815f4d20>] ? gs_change+0x13/0x13

Increase the buffer size, remove the dangerous part_unpack_uuid() and
use snprintf() directly from printk_all_partitions().

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Szymon Gruszczynski <sz.gruszczynski@googlemail.com>
Cc: Will Drewry <wad@chromium.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2012-05-15 08:22:04 +02:00
Giuseppe CAVALLARO b9cde0a8be stmmac: add mixed burst for DMA
In mixed burst (MB) mode, the AHB master always initiates
the bursts with fixed-size when the DMA requests transfers
of size less than or equal to 16 beats.
This patch adds the MB support and the flag that can be
passed from the platform to select it.
MB mode can also give some benefits in terms of performances
on some platforms.

v2: fixed Coding Style

Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-14 18:53:19 -04:00
Eric Dumazet 6ff272c9ad codel: use u16 field instead of 31bits for rec_inv_sqrt
David pointed out gcc might generate poor code with 31bit fields.

Using u16 is more than enough and permits a better code output.

Also make the code intent more readable using constants, fixed point arithmetic
not being trivial for everybody.

Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-14 18:32:56 -04:00
David S. Miller c597f6653d Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next 2012-05-14 18:00:48 -04:00
Alex Shi 641b695c2f percpu: remove percpu_xxx() functions
Remove percpu_xxx serial functions, all of them were replaced by
this_cpu_xxx or __this_cpu_xxx serial functions

Signed-off-by: Alex Shi <alex.shi@intel.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
2012-05-14 14:15:32 -07:00
Alex Shi c6ae41e7d4 x86: replace percpu_xxx funcs with this_cpu_xxx
Since percpu_xxx() serial functions are duplicated with this_cpu_xxx().
Removing percpu_xxx() definition and replacing them by this_cpu_xxx()
in code. There is no function change in this patch, just preparation for
later percpu_xxx serial function removing.

On x86 machine the this_cpu_xxx() serial functions are same as
__this_cpu_xxx() without no unnecessary premmpt enable/disable.

Thanks for Stephen Rothwell, he found and fixed a i386 build error in
the patch.

Also thanks for Andrew Morton, he kept updating the patchset in Linus'
tree.

Signed-off-by: Alex Shi <alex.shi@intel.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
2012-05-14 14:15:31 -07:00
Lars-Peter Clausen 7a7913f11d iio: Add dev_to_iio_dev() helper function
This patch adds a helper function for retriving a iio_dev struct from a device
struct. Currently we open-code this in two different ways. One is using
dev_get_drvdata on the device and the other is using container_of. The new
helper function uses the container_of solution as it creates slightly smaller
code and also will eventually free up the drvdata pointer for usage by invidual
drivers.

Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-14 13:34:31 -07:00
Maxime Ripard aaeb6dfff0 ARM: AT91: Add platform data for the AT91 ADCs
The AT91 SoCs often embeds an ADC. This patch adds the needed
platform data to specify the informations required by the driver
to work properly.

For now, we only need the reference voltage and which channels
are available on the board.

Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-14 13:17:49 -07:00
Michael Hennerich b65d62122f iio: core: introduce IIO_CHAN_INFO_HARDWAREGAIN
Signed-off-by: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-14 13:15:39 -07:00
Michael Hennerich 67eedba39e iio: core: introduce dB scle: IIO_VAL_INT_PLUS_MICRO_DB
Signed-off-by: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-14 13:15:38 -07:00
Arnd Bergmann 86e43a7aff Merge branch 'dt' of git://github.com/hzhuang1/linux into next/dt
* 'dt' of git://github.com/hzhuang1/linux:
  Documentation: update docs for mmp dt
  ARM: dts: refresh dts file for arch mmp
  ARM: mmp: support pxa910 with device tree
  ARM: mmp: support mmp2 with device tree
  gpio: pxa: parse gpio from DTS file
  ARM: mmp: support DT in timer
  ARM: mmp: support DT in irq
  ARM: mmp: append CONFIG_MACH_MMP2_DT
  ARM: mmp: fix build issue on mmp with device tree

Includes an update to v3-4-rc5

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2012-05-14 21:35:09 +02:00
Alan Stern 356c05d58a sysfs: get rid of some lockdep false positives
This patch (as1554) fixes a lockdep false-positive report.  The
problem arises because lockdep is unable to deal with the
tree-structured locks created by the device core and sysfs.

This particular problem involves a sysfs attribute method that
unregisters itself, not from the device it was called for, but from a
descendant device.  Lockdep doesn't understand the distinction and
reports a possible deadlock, even though the operation is safe.

This is the sort of thing that would normally be handled by using a
nested lock annotation; unfortunately it's not feasible to do that
here.  There's no sensible way to tell sysfs when attribute removal
occurs in the context of a parent attribute method.

As a workaround, the patch adds a new flag to struct attribute
telling sysfs not to inform lockdep when it acquires a readlock on a
sysfs_dirent instance for the attribute.  The readlock is still
acquired, but lockdep doesn't know about it and hence does not
complain about impossible deadlock scenarios.

Also added are macros for static initialization of attribute
structures with the ignore_lockdep flag set.  The three offending
attributes in the USB subsystem are converted to use the new macros.

Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-14 12:19:56 -07:00
Linus Torvalds b6255ee3d8 Merge branch 'v4l_for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media
Pull media fixes from Mauro Carvalho Chehab:
 "For a some fix patches for v3.4, including a regression fix at DVB core"

Fix up trivial conflicts in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt

* 'v4l_for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media:
  [media] gspca - sonixj: Fix a zero divide in isoc interrupt
  [media] media: videobuf2-dma-contig: include header for exported symbols
  [media] media: videobuf2-dma-contig: quiet sparse noise about plain integer as NULL pointer
  [media] media: vb2-memops: Export vb2_get_vma symbol
  [media] s5p-fimc: Correct memory allocation for VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS
  [media] s5p-fimc: Fix locking in subdev set_crop op
  [media] dvb_frontend: fix a regression with DVB-S zig-zag
  [media] fintek-cir: change || to &&
  [media] V4L: Schedule V4L2_CID_HCENTER, V4L2_CID_VCENTER controls for removal
  [media] rc: Postpone ISR registration
  [media] marvell-cam: fix an ARM build error
  [media] V4L: soc-camera: protect hosts during probing from overzealous user-space
2012-05-14 11:23:37 -07:00
Hans Verkuil 152a3a7320 [media] v4l2-dev: rename two functions
Rename the function v4l2_dont_use_lock to v4l2_disable_ioctl_locking,
and rename v4l2_dont_use_cmd to v4l2_disable_ioctl.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 15:06:50 -03:00
Hans Verkuil 47bd4bc1a2 [media] v4l2-dev.h: add comment not to use V4L2_FL_LOCK_ALL_FOPS in new drivers
This flag is for legacy drivers only and will go away in the future.

A note regarding commit 5126f2590b
(v4l2-dev: add flag to have the core lock all file operations):

That commit message suggests that by not taking the core lock for fops
other than unlocked_ioctl all problems relating to AB-BA locking and
mm->mmap_sem are solved. This is not the case.

More work needs to be done by moving the core lock further down into
video_ioctl2. It should only be taken after the copy_from/to_user calls
are done.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 15:06:25 -03:00
Hans Verkuil ab49ae0f20 [media] saa7146: fix querycap, vbi/video separation and g/s_register
The querycap ioctl returned an incorrect version number and incorrect
capabilities (mixing up vbi and video caps).

The reason for that was that video nodes could do vbi activities: that
should be separated between the vbi and video nodes.

There were also a few minor problems with dbg_g/s_register that have
been resolved. The mxb/saa7146 driver now passes the v4l2_compliance tests.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 15:00:49 -03:00
Hans Verkuil 537fa492e0 [media] saa7146: support control events and priority handling
Use v4l2_fh which gives you control events and priority handling for free.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 15:00:03 -03:00
Hans Verkuil 9bb601935b [media] saa7146: rename vbi/video_q to vbi/video_dmaq
There was also a vbi_q and video_q in saa7146_fh, so that was confusing.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:59:23 -03:00
Hans Verkuil 6694a5608f [media] saa7146: remove the unneeded type field from saa7146_fh
This information can also be retrieved from struct video_device.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:58:57 -03:00
Hans Verkuil fca3469aa8 [media] saa7146: move vbi fields from saa7146_fh to saa7146_vv
This fields are global and don't belong in a fh struct.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:58:39 -03:00
Hans Verkuil fd74d6eb4c [media] saa7146: move video_fmt from saa7146_fh to saa7146_vv
This is a global structure and does not belong to saa7146_fh.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:58:16 -03:00
Hans Verkuil 5da545ad08 [media] saa7146: move overlay information from saa7146_fh into saa7146_vv
This is global information, not per-filehandle information.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:57:51 -03:00
Hans Verkuil 6e65ca942b [media] mxb/saa7146: first round of cleanups
Convert to the control framework, fix the easy v4l2-compliance failures.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:54:58 -03:00
Gustavo Padovan a7d7723ae7 Bluetooth: notify userspace of security level change
It fixes L2CAP socket based security level elevation during a
connection. The HID profile needs this (for keyboards) and it is the only
way to achieve the security level elevation when using the management
interface to talk to the kernel (hence the management enabling patch
being the one that exposes this issue).

It enables the userspace a security level change when the socket is
already connected and create a way to notify the socket the result of the
request. At the moment of the request the socket is made non writable, if
the request fails the connections closes, otherwise the socket is made
writable again, POLL_OUT is emmited.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-14 13:51:25 -04:00
Sylwester Nawrocki 2272ab657b [media] V4L: Add camera auto focus controls
Add following auto focus controls:

 - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START - single-shot auto focus start
 - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP -  single-shot auto focus stop
 - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS - automatic focus status
 - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE - automatic focus scan range selection

Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:30:26 -03:00
Sylwester Nawrocki fc162a099e [media] V4L: Add camera 3A lock control
The V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK bitmask control allows applications to pause
or resume the automatic exposure, focus and wite balance adjustments.
It can be used, for example, to lock the 3A adjustments right before
a still image is captured, for pre-focus, etc.
The applications can control each of the algorithms independently,
through a corresponding control bit, if driver allows that.

Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:29:35 -03:00
Sylwester Nawrocki 0bf6b7dc5f [media] V4L: Add camera scene mode control
Add control for the scene mode feature available in image sensor
with more advanced ISP firmware. The V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE menu
control allows to select a set of parameters or a specific image
processing and capture control algorithm optimized for common
image capture conditions.

Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:28:19 -03:00
Sylwester Nawrocki cf072139c7 [media] V4L: Add camera exposure metering control
The V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING control allows to determine
a method used by the camera for measuring the amount of light
available for automatic exposure.

Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:24:24 -03:00
Sylwester Nawrocki 7f84ad8bdb [media] V4L: Add camera ISO sensitivity controls
Add ISO sensitivity and ISO auto/manual controls. The sensitivity
values are related to level of amplification of the analog signal
between image sensor and ADC. These controls allow to support sensors
exposing an interface to accept the ISO values directly.

Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:23:45 -03:00
Xi Wang 76aa542fb9 ceph: fix bounds check in ceph_decode_need and ceph_encode_need
Given a large n, the bounds check (*p + n > end) can be bypassed due to
pointer wraparound.  A safer check is (n > end - *p).

[elder@dreamhost.com: inverted test and renamed ceph_has_room()]

Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@dreamhost.com>
2012-05-14 12:12:27 -05:00
Sylwester Nawrocki 82b3056c5a [media] V4L: Add camera image stabilization control
Add V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION control for the camera image
stabilization feature. This control can be used to enable/disable
image stabilization. It might get converted to a menu control
in future if more options are needed.

Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:09:19 -03:00
Sylwester Nawrocki 44d44a1acd [media] V4L: Add camera wide dynamic range control
Add V4L2_CID_WIDE_DYNAMIC_RANGE camera class control for the
camera wide dynamic range (WDR, HDR) feature. This control
can be used to enable/disable wide dynamic range. It might
get converted to a menu control in future if more options
are needed.

Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:08:38 -03:00
Sylwester Nawrocki e40a05736d [media] V4L: Add an extended camera white balance control
This patch adds V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE control which is
an extended version of the V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE control,
including white balance presets. The following presets are defined:

 - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_INCANDESCENT,
 - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT,
 - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT_H,
 - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_HORIZON,
 - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_DAYLIGHT,
 - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLASH,
 - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_CLOUDY,
 - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_SHADE.

Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:04:30 -03:00
Sylwester Nawrocki d58083c949 [media] V4L: Add camera exposure bias control
The camera may in some conditions incorrectly determine the exposure,
and a manual automatic exposure correction may be needed. This patch
adds V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS control which allows to add some
offset in the automatic exposure control loop, to compensate for
frame under- or over-exposure.

Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:03:47 -03:00
Sylwester Nawrocki 515f32879a [media] V4L: Add helper function for standard integer menu controls
This patch adds v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu() helper function which can be used
in drivers for creating standard integer menu control with driver-specific
menu item list. It is similar to v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(), except it doesn't
have a mask parameter and an additional qmenu parameter allows passing
an array of signed 64-bit integers as the menu item list.

Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Tested-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:03:21 -03:00
Laxman Dewangan 9a00630c3d regulator: tps62360: support force PWM mode via regulator mode
Change the mechanism of enabling the force PWM mode through
regulator set mode. This can be dynamically configured now.
In the REGULATOR_MODE_FAST the force PWM is enabled and in
REGULATOR_MODE_NORMAL the force PWM is disabled.

Signed-off-by: Laxman Dewangan <ldewangan@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-05-14 18:03:04 +01:00
Sylwester Nawrocki 6491d1adfb [media] V4L: Extend V4L2_CID_COLORFX with more image effects
This patch adds definition of additional color effects:

 - V4L2_COLORFX_AQUA,
 - V4L2_COLORFX_ART_FREEZE,
 - V4L2_COLORFX_SILHOUETTE,
 - V4L2_COLORFX_SOLARIZATION,
 - V4L2_COLORFX_ANTIQUE,
 - V4L2_COLORFX_SET_CBCR.

The new V4L2_COLORFX_CBCR control is added to allow setting
the fixed Cb, Cr values that replace chroma Cb/Cr coefficients
in case of V4L2_COLORFX_SET_CBCR effect.

Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 14:02:23 -03:00
Laurent Pinchart 528f0f785c [media] v4l: v4l2-ctrls: moves the forward declaration of struct file
This fixes the following warning:

In file included from drivers/media/video/v4l2-subdev.c:29:
include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h:501: warning: 'struct file' declared inside
parameter list
include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h:501: warning: its scope is only this
definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h:509: warning: 'struct file' declared inside
parameter list

Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 13:41:07 -03:00
Graeme Gregory 022f926a24 regmap: add support for non contiguous status to regmap-irq
In some chips the IRQ status registers are not contiguous in the register
map but spaced at even spaces. This is an easy case to handle with minor
changes. It is assume for this purpose that the stride for status is
equal to the stride for mask/ack registers as well.

Signed-off-by: Graeme Gregory <gg@slimlogic.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-05-14 17:40:05 +01:00
Laurent Pinchart 15693b5793 [media] mt9p031: Replace the reset board callback by a GPIO number
Use the GPIO from the sensor driver instead of calling back to board
code.

Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 13:33:44 -03:00
Laurent Pinchart 1c542ba854 [media] mt9p031: Identify color/mono models using I2C device name
Instead of passing a color/monochrome flag through platform data, rely
on the I2C device name to identify the chip model.

Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 13:32:22 -03:00
Bjørn Mork ef206f3f01 USB: add read support to usb-serial/../new_id
Keep the usb-serial support for dynamic IDs in sync with the usb
support.  This enables readout of dynamic device IDs for
usb-serial drivers.  Common code is exported from the usb core
system and reused by the usb-serial bus driver.

Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-14 09:30:40 -07:00
Andrzej Pietrasiewicz 581791f5c7 FunctionFS: enable multiple functions
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-14 09:25:44 -07:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman fa286188ce Revert "usb: move struct usb_device->children to struct usb_hub_port->child"
This reverts commit bebc56d58d.

The call here is fragile and not well thought out, so revert it, it's
not fully baked yet and I don't want this to go into 3.5.

Cc: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-14 09:20:37 -07:00
K. Y. Srinivasan c836d0ab70 Drivers: hv: util: Properly handle version negotiations.
The current version negotiation code is not "future proof". Fix this
by allowing each service the flexibility to either specify the highest
version it can support or it can support the highest version number
the host is offering.

Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-14 08:59:31 -07:00
Hiroshi DOYU 6ca0459303 driver core: Add dev_*_ratelimited() family
Add dev_*_ratelimited() family, dev_* version of pr_*_ratelimited().

Using Joe Perches's proposal/implementation.

Signed-off-by: Hiroshi DOYU <hdoyu@nvidia.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-14 08:47:11 -07:00
Arnd Bergmann fcd8d84a58 Merge branches 'spear/clock' and 'imx/clock' into next/clock
Updated to resolve dependencies.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2012-05-14 17:43:59 +02:00
Arnd Bergmann 815acebff7 Merge branch 'ux500/delete-u5500' into next/soc
Conflicts:
	arch/arm/mach-ux500/cache-l2x0.c
	arch/arm/mach-ux500/clock.c
	arch/arm/mach-ux500/cpu.c
	arch/arm/mach-ux500/mbox-db5500.c
	arch/arm/mach-ux500/platsmp.c
	arch/arm/mach-ux500/timer.c

Resolve lots of identical conflicts between the removal of
u5500 and the addition of u8540.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2012-05-14 16:29:32 +02:00
Arnd Bergmann d2819f80d4 Merge branch 'spear/pinctrl' into spear/clock
Conflicts:
	arch/arm/mach-spear3xx/Makefile
	arch/arm/mach-spear3xx/clock.c
	arch/arm/mach-spear3xx/include/mach/generic.h
	arch/arm/mach-spear6xx/clock.c
	arch/arm/plat-spear/Makefile
	drivers/pinctrl/core.c

This resolves some annoying merge conflicts.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2012-05-14 15:33:42 +02:00
Peter Zijlstra 04f733b4af sched/fair: Revert sched-domain iteration breakage
Patches c22402a2f ("sched/fair: Let minimally loaded cpu balance the
group") and 0ce90475 ("sched/fair: Add some serialization to the
sched_domain load-balance walk") are horribly broken so revert them.

The problem is that while it sounds good to have the minimally loaded
cpu do the pulling of more load, the way we walk the domains there is
absolutely no guarantee this cpu will actually get to the domain. In
fact its very likely it wont. Therefore the higher up the tree we get,
the less likely it is we'll balance at all.

The first of mask always walks up, while sucky in that it accumulates
load on the first cpu and needs extra passes to spread it out at least
guarantees a cpu gets up that far and load-balancing happens at all.

Since its now always the first and idle cpus should always be able to
balance so they get a task as fast as possible we can also do away
with the added serialization.

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-rpuhs5s56aiv1aw7khv9zkw6@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2012-05-14 15:05:26 +02:00
Antonio Ospite c8e1fb4a67 [media] Input: move drivers/input/fixp-arith.h to include/linux
Move drivers/input/fixp-arith.h to include/linux so that the functions
defined there can be used by other subsystems, for instance some video
devices ISPs can control the output HUE value by setting registers for
sin(HUE) and cos(HUE).

Signed-off-by: Antonio Ospite <ospite@studenti.unina.it>
Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 09:47:23 -03:00
Ingo Molnar 9cba26e66d Merge branch 'perf/uprobes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/acme/linux into perf/uprobes 2012-05-14 14:43:40 +02:00
Hans Verkuil 5126f2590b [media] v4l2-dev: add flag to have the core lock all file operations
This used to be the default if the lock pointer was set, but now that lock is by
default only used for ioctl serialization. Those drivers that already used
core locking have this flag set explicitly, except for some drivers where
it was obvious that there was no need to serialize any file operations other
than ioctl.

The drivers that didn't need this flag were:

drivers/media/radio/dsbr100.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-isa.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-keene.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-miropcm20.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-mr800.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-tea5764.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-timb.c
drivers/media/video/vivi.c
sound/i2c/other/tea575x-tuner.c

The other drivers that use core locking and where it was not immediately
obvious that this flag wasn't needed were changed so that the flag is set
together with a comment that that driver needs work to avoid having to
set that flag. This will often involve taking the core lock in the fops
themselves.

Eventually this flag should go and it should not be used in new drivers.

There are a few reasons why we want to avoid core locking of non-ioctl
fops: in the case of mmap this can lead to a deadlock in rare situations
since when mmap is called the mmap_sem is held and it is possible for
other parts of the code to take that lock as well (copy_from_user()/copy_to_user()
perform a down_read(&mm->mmap_sem) when a page fault occurs).

It is very unlikely that that happens since the core lock serializes all
fops, but the kernel warns about it if lock validation is turned on.

For poll it is also undesirable to take the core lock as that can introduce
increased latency. The same is true for read/write.

While it was possible to make flags or something to turn on/off taking the
core lock for each file operation, in practice it is much simpler to just
not take it at all except for ioctl and leave it to the driver to take the
lock. There are only a handful fops compared to the zillion ioctls we have.

I also wanted to make it obvious which drivers still take the lock for all
fops, so that's why I chose to have drivers set it explicitly.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 09:19:38 -03:00
Hans Verkuil 48ea0be060 [media] v4l2-dev/ioctl: determine the valid ioctls upfront
Rather than testing whether an ioctl is implemented in the driver or not
every time the ioctl is called, do it upfront when the device is registered.

This also allows a driver to disable certain ioctls based on the capabilities
of the detected board, something you can't do today without creating separate
v4l2_ioctl_ops structs for each new variation.

For the most part it is pretty straightforward, but for control ioctls a flag
is needed since it is possible that you have per-filehandle controls, and that
can't be determined upfront of course.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 09:17:28 -03:00
Hans Verkuil 8ab75e3ecd [media] v4l2-dev: make it possible to skip locking for selected ioctls
Using the V4L2 core lock is a very robust method that is usually very good
at doing the right thing. But some drivers, particularly USB drivers, may
want to prevent the core from taking the lock for specific ioctls, particularly
buffer queuing ioctls.

The reason is that certain commands like S_CTRL can take a long time to process
over USB and all the time the core has the lock, preventing VIDIOC_DQBUF from
proceeding, even though a frame may be ready in the queue.

This introduces unwanted latency.

Since the buffer queuing commands often have their own internal lock it is
often not necessary to take the core lock. Drivers can now say that they don't
want the core to take the lock for specific ioctls.

As it is a specific opt-out it makes it clear to the reviewer that those
ioctls will need more care when reviewing.

Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 09:13:43 -03:00
Sakari Ailus ccfc97bdb5 [media] smiapp: Add driver
Add driver for SMIA++/SMIA image sensors. The driver exposes the sensor as
three subdevs, pixel array, binner and scaler --- in case the device has a
scaler.

Currently it relies on the board code for external clock handling. There is
no fast way out of this dependency before the ISP drivers (omap3isp) among
others will be able to export that clock through the clock framework
instead.

Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@maxwell.research.nokia.com>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 09:06:00 -03:00
Sakari Ailus fe6adc1991 [media] omap3isp: Add lane configuration to platform data
Add lane configuration (order of clock and data lane) to platform data on
both CCP2 and CSI-2.

Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 08:50:23 -03:00
Sakari Ailus 618b055bc9 [media] omap3isp: Move definitions required by board code under include/media
XCLK definitions are often required by the board code. Move them to public
include file.

Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 08:48:55 -03:00
Sakari Ailus 77e7c4e624 [media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock
Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy
sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use
several locks to serialise its functions.

Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 08:46:27 -03:00
Sakari Ailus 8227c92b69 [media] v4l: Implement v4l2_subdev_link_validate()
v4l2_subdev_link_validate() is the default op for validating a link. In V4L2
subdev context, it is used to call a pad op which performs the proper link
check without much extra work.

Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 08:45:31 -03:00
Sakari Ailus af88be3887 [media] media: Add link_validate() op to check links to the sink pad
The purpose of the link_validate() op is to allow an entity driver to ensure
that the properties of the pads at the both ends of the link are suitable
for starting the pipeline. link_validate is called on sink pads on active
links which belong to the active part of the graph.

Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 08:44:11 -03:00
Sakari Ailus 440f0fadd4 [media] v4l: Add DPCM compressed raw bayer pixel formats
Add three other colour orders for 10-bit to 8-bit DPCM compressed raw bayer
pixel formats.

Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 08:43:27 -03:00
Sakari Ailus c643ee1351 [media] v4l: Image processing control class
Add control class for image processing controls. The control class deals
with controls processing image, for example digital gain or noise filtering,
which can be present in any part of the pipeline.

Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 08:37:44 -03:00
Sakari Ailus 8c9d236ec6 [media] v4l: Image source control class
Add image source control class. This control class is intended to contain
low level controls which deal with control of the image capture process ---
the A/D converter in image sensors, for example.

Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 08:35:24 -03:00
Sakari Ailus 6016af82ea [media] v4l2: use __u32 rather than enums in ioctl() structs
V4L2 uses the enum type in IOCTL arguments in IOCTLs that were defined until
the use of enum was considered less than ideal. Recently Rémi Denis-Courmont
brought up the issue by proposing a patch to convert the enums to unsigned:

<URL:http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-media/msg46167.html>

This sparked a long discussion where another solution to the issue was
proposed: two sets of IOCTL structures, one with __u32 and the other with
enums, and conversion code between the two:

<URL:http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-media/msg47168.html>

Both approaches implement a complete solution that resolves the problem. The
first one is simple but requires assuming enums and __u32 are the same in
size (so we won't break the ABI) while the second one is more complex and
less clean but does not require making that assumption.

The issue boils down to whether enums are fundamentally different from __u32
or not, and can the former be substituted by the latter. During the
discussion it was concluded that the __u32 has the same size as enums on all
archs Linux is supported: it has not been shown that replacing those enums
in IOCTL arguments would break neither source or binary compatibility. If no
such reason is found, just replacing the enums with __u32s is the way to go.

This is what this patch does. This patch is slightly different from Remi's
first RFC (link above): it uses __u32 instead of unsigned and also changes
the arguments of VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY and VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY.

Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi@remlab.net>
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-14 08:09:02 -03:00
Ingo Molnar 2d84e023cb Merge branch 'rcu/next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulmck/linux-rcu into core/rcu
Pull the v3.5 RCU tree from Paul E. McKenney:

 1)	A set of improvements and fixes to the RCU_FAST_NO_HZ feature
	(with more on the way for 3.6).  Posted to LKML:
	https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/23/324 (commits 1-3 and 5),
	https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/16/611 (commit 4),
	https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/30/390 (commit 6), and
	https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/5/4/410 (commit 7, combined with
	the other commits for the convenience of the tester).

 2)	Changes to make rcu_barrier() avoid disrupting execution of CPUs
	that have no RCU callbacks.  Posted to LKML:
	https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/23/322.

 3)	A couple of commits that improve the efficiency of the interaction
	between preemptible RCU and the scheduler, these two being all
	that survived an abortive attempt to allow preemptible RCU's
	__rcu_read_lock() to be inlined.  The full set was posted to
	LKML at https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/14/143, and the first and
	third patches of that set remain.

 4)	Lai Jiangshan's algorithmic implementation of SRCU, which includes
	call_srcu() and srcu_barrier().  A major feature of this new
	implementation is that synchronize_srcu() no longer disturbs
	the execution of other CPUs.  This work is based on earlier
	implementations by Peter Zijlstra and Paul E. McKenney.  Posted to
	LKML: https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/2/22/82.

 5)	A number of miscellaneous bug fixes and improvements which were
	posted to LKML at: https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/23/353 with
	subsequent updates posted to LKML.

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2012-05-14 08:41:46 +02:00
Russell King 85fd0bc95b Fix blkdev.h build errors when BLOCK=n
I see builds failing with:

  CC [M]  drivers/mmc/host/dw_mmc.o
In file included from drivers/mmc/host/dw_mmc.c:15:
include/linux/blkdev.h:1404: warning: 'struct task_struct' declared inside parameter list
include/linux/blkdev.h:1404: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
include/linux/blkdev.h:1408: warning: 'struct task_struct' declared inside parameter list
include/linux/blkdev.h:1413: error: expected '=', ',', ';', 'asm' or '__attribute__' before 'blk_needs_flush_plug'
make[4]: *** [drivers/mmc/host/dw_mmc.o] Error 1

This is because dw_mmc.c includes linux/blkdev.h as the very first file,
and when CONFIG_BLOCK=n, blkdev.h omits all includes.

As it requires linux/sched.h even when CONFIG_BLOCK=n, move this out of
the #ifdef.

Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2012-05-14 08:29:23 +02:00
Shmulik Ladkani 5c2ffb11d4 mtd: nand: remove 'sndcmd' parameter of 'read_oob/read_oob_raw'
As of [mtd: nand: remove autoincrement 'sndcmd' code], the
NAND_CMD_READ0 command is issued unconditionally.

Thus, read_oob/read_oob_raw's 'sndcmd' argument is no longer needed, as
well as their return code.

Remove the 'sndcmd' parameter, and set the return code to 0.

Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2012-05-13 23:24:40 -05:00
Huang Shijie e10db1f00a mtd: gpmi: add device tree support to gpmi-nand
This patch just adds the DT support to gpmi-nand.

Signed-off-by: Huang Shijie <b32955@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Huang Shijie <shijie8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2012-05-13 23:22:19 -05:00
Brian Norris 1fbb938dff mtd: nand: add 'oob_required' argument to NAND {read,write}_page interfaces
New NAND controllers can perform read/write via HW engines which don't expose
OOB data in their DMA mode. To reflect this, we should rework the nand_chip /
nand_ecc_ctrl interfaces that assume that drivers will always read/write OOB
data in the nand_chip.oob_poi buffer. A better interface includes a boolean
argument that explicitly tells the callee when OOB data is requested by the
calling layer (for reading/writing to/from nand_chip.oob_poi).

This patch adds the 'oob_required' parameter to each relevant {read,write}_page
interface; all 'oob_required' parameters are left unused for now. The next
patch will set the parameter properly in the nand_base.c callers, and follow-up
patches will make use of 'oob_required' in some of the callee functions.

Note that currently, there is no harm in ignoring the 'oob_required' parameter
and *always* utilizing nand_chip.oob_poi, but there can be
performance/complexity/design benefits from avoiding filling oob_poi in the
common case. I will try to implement this for some drivers which can be ported
easily.

Note: I couldn't compile-test all of these easily, as some had ARCH
dependencies.

[dwmw2: Merge later 1/0 vs. true/false cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiandong Zheng <jdzheng@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2012-05-13 23:20:00 -05:00
John Crispin b4f7aa84d6 mtd: add read_byte support to plat_nand
Lantiq SoCs have a External Bus Unit (EBU) that is used to attach MTD media.
As we need to co-exist with PCI on the same bus, certain swapping settings must
be applied. Similar to the NOR map driver we need to apply a fix to make NAND
work. The easiest way is to use byte reads.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2012-05-13 23:16:53 -05:00
Brian Norris 1826dbcceb mtd: nand: kill NAND_NO_AUTOINCR option
No drivers use auto-increment NAND, so kill the NO_AUTOINCR option entirely.

Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2012-05-13 23:15:38 -05:00
Mike Dunn edbc4540e0 mtd: driver _read() returns max_bitflips; mtd_read() returns -EUCLEAN
The drivers' _read() method, absent an error, returns a non-negative integer
indicating the maximum number of bit errors that were corrected in any one
region comprising an ecc step.  MTD returns -EUCLEAN if this is >=
bitflip_threshold, 0 otherwise.  If bitflip_threshold is zero, the comparison is
not made since these devices lack ECC and always return zero in the non-error
case (thanks Brian)¹.  Note that this is a subtle change to the driver
interface.

This and the preceding patches in this set were tested with ubi on top of the
nandsim and docg4 devices, running the ubi test io_basic from mtd-utils.

¹ http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2012-March/040468.html

Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Acked-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Acked-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Ivan Djelic <ivan.djelic@parrot.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2012-05-13 23:14:23 -05:00
Mike Dunn d062d4ede8 mtd: bitflip_threshold added to mtd_info and sysfs
An element 'bitflip_threshold' is added to struct mtd_info, and also exposed as
a read/write variable in sysfs.  This will be used to determine whether or not
mtd_read() returns -EUCLEAN or 0 (absent a hard error).  If the driver leaves it
as zero, mtd will set it to a default value of ecc_strength.

This v2 adds the line that propagates bitflip_threshold from the master to the
partitions - thanks Ivan¹.

¹ http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2012-April/040900.html

Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2012-05-13 23:11:39 -05:00
Mike Dunn 86c2072be6 mtd: ecc_strength is at ecc step granularity
ecc_strength element of mtd_info will be the strength of one ecc step, not of
the entire writesize, as was previously planned.  This is the appropriate way
because, as was pointed out¹, bit errors in excess of the strength of one
step can cause a hard error if they all occur within the same ecc region.

¹ http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2012-March/040313.html

Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2012-05-13 23:09:58 -05:00
Mark Brown a91b778219 ASoC: max98095: Single bit bitfields should be unsigned
There's no space for the sign bit.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-05-13 23:33:53 +01:00
Mark Brown 4af8be67fd regmap: Convert regmap_irq to use irq_domain
This gets us up to date with the recommended current kernel infrastructure
and should transparently give us device tree interrupt bindings for any
devices using the framework. If an explicit IRQ mapping is passed in then
a legacy interrupt range is created, otherwise a simple linear mapping is
used. Previously a mapping was mandatory so existing drivers should not
be affected.

A function regmap_irq_get_virq() is provided to allow drivers to map
individual IRQs which should be used in preference to the existing
regmap_irq_chip_get_base() which is only valid if a legacy IRQ range is
provided.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-05-13 19:25:59 +01:00
Mark Brown 06e65cb322 Merge branches 'regmap-core', 'regmap-stride', 'regmap-mmio' and 'regmap-irq' into regmap-next 2012-05-13 19:20:47 +01:00
Mark Brown 8614419451 mfd: da9052: Fix genirq abuse
Rather than using the pointer passed back by the regmap API (or complaining
because that wasn't actually being set) the da9052 driver was having some
fun and games peering through genirq and regmap internals. Fix the driver
to use the API as expected.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-05-13 19:14:02 +01:00
Donghwa Lee 24bb7a6efc video: exynos mipi dsi: support reverse panel type
This patch adds panel_reverse variable to support reversed s6e8ax0 panel
type.

Signed-off-by: Donghwa Lee <dh09.lee@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
2012-05-13 13:08:23 +00:00
Kuninori Morimoto c932b27311 fbdev: sh_mobile_hdmi: add HDMI Control Register support
Latest SuperH HDMI uses not only HDMI Core Register (HTOP0)
but also HDMI Control Register (HTOP1).
This patch adds HDMI Control Register support.

Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
2012-05-13 13:07:59 +00:00
Kuninori Morimoto db6668d83a fbdev: sh_mobile_hdmi: 32bit register access support
Latest SuperH HDMI allows 32bit access only.
But the data is 8bit. So, we can keep compatibility by switching 8/32 bit access.

Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
2012-05-13 13:07:59 +00:00
Kuninori Morimoto e0defc8642 fbdev: sh_mobile_hdmi: add interrupt output option
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
2012-05-13 13:07:59 +00:00
Laxman Dewangan 8bdca009e6 regulator: tps62360: make init_data of platform data to pointer.
Convert platform data member regulator_init_data to pointer type.
This will avoid the copy of entire regualator init data into
platform data member when adding dt support and it can be achieve
by simple assignment:
pdata->init_data = of_get_regulator_init_data(dev, dev->of_node);

Signed-off-by: Laxman Dewangan <ldewangan@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-05-13 13:47:47 +01:00
Mark Brown dc2af52c0d Linux 3.4-rc7
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPrxCRAAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGQAgH/icr6rDF/e7Y7LoNErjVag94
 +PUhYx851xH3ApPlB1fBaU1ZTvQS2Pb34B8G8WrqWJ+yTs4XfE9sCPj2yb+7ySA8
 vb0vPsErVvAcRWv8sP22NF2ERKNFj/PtSNAcAUJHb5djrRmJcZJ3aw03cdY/INAS
 2OqJEoMc2IBa5Z+WePQJ8N+J2YgDSDdCnpBKNuSHDGN0rBm4suiWY8PWXgTzMAhG
 TNgNrKIlN8bnaX4hPJr6ooN+sxInkUl8ZglAPxwwjVtmYvGch4FiowpDC7BQbSGB
 WFSVsIuv3jMI6VaYDo/NQOFDQqqoK4h7DmBIqbL5eXBRTJg9xW+1A8zloGd4Rks=
 =IWBQ
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'v3.4-rc7' into for-3.5

Linux 3.4-rc7

Conflicts):
	drivers/base/regmap/regmap.c         (overlap with bug fixes)
	sound/soc/blackfin/bf5xx-ssm2602.c   (overlap with bug fixes)
2012-05-13 13:32:54 +01:00
Takashi Iwai 3e9e63dbd3 vga_switcheroo: Add the support for audio clients
Add the support for audio clients to VGA-switcheroo for handling the
HDMI audio controller together with VGA switching.  The id of the
audio controller should be given explicitly at registration time
unlike the video controller.

Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=43155

Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
2012-05-13 11:27:21 +02:00
Takashi Iwai 26ec685ff9 vga_switcheroo: Introduce struct vga_switcheroo_client_ops
This changes the API as a clean-up.  Instead of passing multiple
function pointers at each time, introduce a new struct holding the
whole callback functions and pass it to the registration.

The same struct will be used for the upcoming audio client
registration, too.

Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
2012-05-13 11:24:09 +02:00
Olof Johansson e29402edf8 Merge branch 'mxs/dt/for-3.5' of git://git.linaro.org/people/shawnguo/linux-2.6 into next/dt2
* 'mxs/dt/for-3.5' of git://git.linaro.org/people/shawnguo/linux-2.6: (51 commits)
  ARM: dts: enable audio support for imx28-evk
  ARM: dts: enable i2c device for imx28-evk
  i2c: mxs: add device tree probe support
  ARM: dts: enable mmc for imx28-evk
  ARM: dts: enable mmc for imx23-evk
  mmc: mxs-mmc: add device tree support
  mmc: mxs-mmc: copy wp_gpio in struct mxs_mmc_host
  mmc: mxs-mmc: have dma_channel than dma_res in mxs_mmc_host
  mmc: mxs-mmc: use devm_* helper to make cleanup simpler
  mmc: mxs-mmc: move header from mach into linux folder
  mmc: mxs-mmc: get rid of the use of cpu_is_xxx
  mmc: mxs-mmc: let ssp_is_old take host as parameter
  mmc: mxs-mmc: use global stmp_device functionality
  ARM: mxs: add gpio support for device tree boot
  gpio/mxs: add device tree probe
  gpio/mxs: get rid of the use of cpu_is_xxx
  gpio/mxs: use devm_* helpers to make error handling simple
  ARM: mxs: add mxs-dma dt support
  ARM: mxs: do not add dma device by default
  dma: mxs-dma: add device tree probe support
  ...
2012-05-12 22:33:24 -07:00
Olof Johansson 81f96172d6 Merge branch 'board' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/renesas into next/boards
* 'board' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/renesas:
  ARM: mach-shmobile: bonito: make sure static function
  ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 CEU supports up to 8188x8188 images
  ARM: mach-shmobile: mackerel: Add FSI DMAEngine support
2012-05-12 21:22:28 -07:00
Joe Perches e550ba1af9 etherdevice: Remove now unused compare_ether_addr_64bits
Move and invert the logic from the otherwise unused
compare_ether_addr_64bits to ether_addr_equal_64bits.

Neaten the logic in is_etherdev_addr.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 23:34:50 -04:00
Olof Johansson 7af07ad902 ux500 GPIO and pinctrl changes for kernel 3.5
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJPrioxAAoJEEEQszewGV1zpPkP/1nMK0LMo8sy7ScnCCumNils
 ZiWgB8pViyfl5gLggOwldI/ILVzXTbR6pJZAJNoU3Tbu7n96UyA2QCdeBn/JKCbY
 Yr0I/8uT0hXlh4QVrCgyVKQt2e05rP2mt8vtP1CoFad0R56RfwZ9U9u9S2kx5DnY
 oKXeg/sjxURueMPYQuvZVZBdLJ+82rsBNVXukKb2h2gY8ntMm6CBLUgk/oHBpPrM
 CWaNBT0llBwwWhsmrErYZ7Sb7nRRGDL2rf6kKrw1UPwZ5FIefS+RHaudRic/AiGD
 DfVGh22hpv0WFQ6ruEayA1JfoYS0IKsvGBn8Ywf+2tz9uteED6rXJ+fOF6FayR6y
 NarGmCFUoQauh5ZSK8h7nv0oNlRFgb3OFp/FfLZC9N+jCWJVVbtbLD9X+M5wN6aE
 lUjQwVbiA7q7ZTYs12X/zzBjrQj+ZrV5IXZLq+dvZ1HKBh4FLSpXaZocOCP0n0f1
 N4VkGgIngWeiQDDJqc11mZ3ueD/p2AsWsxLRAEafL5CaIk+vz9JXcF3gYDt57Oph
 WjPOWXTHiRxb1W4OfgvKWtZbxJdqECJ8HnWUbpTjiG0/MK8Tfprk8iSEOqS2tM1B
 usBXBLk8I4P2RwGgIcsnuJ1gEEsZzjSbvpxf2VKVvdP86qw7LizYrEjXKvjnq4G/
 nGSTZ3F3/53x2mFEihpM
 =xjdL
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'ux500-gpio-pins-for-3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-stericsson into next/pinctrl

ux500 GPIO and pinctrl changes for kernel 3.5

* tag 'ux500-gpio-pins-for-3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-stericsson:
  ARM: ux500: switch MSP to using pinctrl for pins
  ARM: ux500: alter MSP registration to return a device pointer
  ARM: ux500: switch to using pinctrl for uart0
  ARM: ux500: delete custom pin control system
  ARM: ux500: switch over to Nomadik pinctrl driver
  pinctrl: add sleep state definition
  pinctrl/nomadik: implement pin configuration
  pinctrl/nomadik: implement pin multiplexing
  pinctrl/nomadik: reuse GPIO debug function for pins
  pinctrl/nomadik: break out single GPIO debug function
  pinctrl/nomadik: basic Nomadik pinctrl interface
  pinctrl/nomadik: !CONFIG_OF build error
  gpio: move the Nomadik GPIO driver to pinctrl

Context conflicts resolved in drivers/pinctrl/Kconfig and
drivers/pinctrl/Makefile.

Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
2012-05-12 19:57:34 -07:00
Shawn Guo 81f38ee8e6 mmc: mxs-mmc: move header from mach into linux folder
Rename arch/arm/mach-mxs/include/mach/mmc.h to
include/linux/mmc/mxs-mmc.h, so that mxs-mmc driver becomes
<mach/*> inclusion free.

Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-05-13 08:05:38 +08:00
Arnd Bergmann 7afeca1a30 Merge branch 'spear/pinctrl' into next/pinctrl
* spear/pinctrl:
  pinctrl: (cosmetic) fix two entries in DocBook comments
  pinctrl: add more info to error msgs in pin_request
  CLKDEV: provide helpers for common clock framework
  pinctrl: add pinctrl-mxs support
  pinctrl: pinctrl-imx: add imx6q pinctrl driver
  pinctrl: pinctrl-imx: add imx pinctrl core driver
  dt: add of_get_child_count helper function
  pinctrl: support gpio request deferred probing
  pinctrl: add pinctrl_provide_dummies interface for platforms to use
  pinctrl: enhance reporting of errors when loading from DT
  pinctrl: add kerneldoc for pinctrl_ops device tree functions
  pinctrl: propagate map validation errors
  pinctrl: fix dangling comment
  pinctrl: fix signed vs unsigned conditionals inside pinmux_map_to_setting
  ARM: 7392/1: CLKDEV: Optimize clk_find()
  ARM: 7376/1: clkdev: Implement managed clk_get()

This just adds more dependencies that are required in order not to
break the spear pinctrl support.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2012-05-12 23:22:36 +02:00
Linus Torvalds 4a873f5399 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David S. Miller:

 1) Since we do RCU lookups on ipv4 FIB entries, we have to test if the
    entry is dead before returning it to our caller.

 2) openvswitch locking and packet validation fixes from Ansis Atteka,
    Jesse Gross, and Pravin B Shelar.

 3) Fix PM resume locking in IGB driver, from Benjamin Poirier.

 4) Fix VLAN header handling in vhost-net and macvtap, from Basil Gor.

 5) Revert a bogus network namespace isolation change that was causing
    regressions on S390 networking devices.

 6) If bonding decides to process and handle a LACPDU frame, we
    shouldn't bump the rx_dropped counter.  From Jiri Bohac.

 7) Fix mis-calculation of available TX space in r8169 driver when doing
    TSO, which can lead to crashes and/or hung device.  From Julien
    Ducourthial.

 8) SCTP does not validate cached routes properly in all cases, from
    Nicolas Dichtel.

 9) Link status interrupt needs to be handled in ks8851 driver, from
    Stephen Boyd.

10) Use capable(), not cap_raised(), in connector/userns netlink code.
    From Eric W. Biederman via Andrew Morton.

11) Fix pktgen OOPS on module unload, from Eric Dumazet.

12) iwlwifi under-estimates SKB truesizes, also from Eric Dumazet.

13) Cure division by zero in SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
  ks8851: Update link status during link change interrupt
  macvtap: restore vlan header on user read
  vhost-net: fix handle_rx buffer size
  bonding: don't increase rx_dropped after processing LACPDUs
  connector/userns: replace netlink uses of cap_raised() with capable()
  sctp: check cached dst before using it
  pktgen: fix crash at module unload
  Revert "net: maintain namespace isolation between vlan and real device"
  ehea: fix losing of NEQ events when one event occurred early
  igb: fix rtnl race in PM resume path
  ipv4: Do not use dead fib_info entries.
  r8169: fix unsigned int wraparound with TSO
  sfc: Fix division by zero when using one RX channel and no SR-IOV
  openvswitch: Validation of IPv6 set port action uses IPv4 header
  net: compare_ether_addr[_64bits]() has no ordering
  cdc_ether: Ignore bogus union descriptor for RNDIS devices
  bnx2x: bug fix when loading after SAN boot
  e1000: Silence sparse warnings by correcting type
  igb, ixgbe: netdev_tx_reset_queue incorrectly called from tx init path
  openvswitch: Release rtnl_lock if ovs_vport_cmd_build_info() failed.
  ...
2012-05-12 12:57:01 -07:00
Eric Dumazet 4b549a2ef4 fq_codel: Fair Queue Codel AQM
Fair Queue Codel packet scheduler

Principles :

- Packets are classified (internal classifier or external) on flows.
- This is a Stochastic model (as we use a hash, several flows might
                              be hashed on same slot)
- Each flow has a CoDel managed queue.
- Flows are linked onto two (Round Robin) lists,
  so that new flows have priority on old ones.

- For a given flow, packets are not reordered (CoDel uses a FIFO)
- head drops only.
- ECN capability is on by default.
- Very low memory footprint (64 bytes per flow)

tc qdisc ... fq_codel [ limit PACKETS ] [ flows number ]
                      [ target TIME ] [ interval TIME ] [ noecn ]
                      [ quantum BYTES ]

defaults : 1024 flows, 10240 packets limit, quantum : device MTU
           target : 5ms (CoDel default)
           interval : 100ms (CoDel default)

Impressive results on load :

class htb 1:1 root leaf 10: prio 0 quantum 1514 rate 200000Kbit ceil 200000Kbit burst 1475b/8 mpu 0b overhead 0b cburst 1475b/8 mpu 0b overhead 0b level 0
 Sent 43304920109 bytes 33063109 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 rate 201691Kbit 28595pps backlog 0b 312p requeues 0
 lended: 33063109 borrowed: 0 giants: 0
 tokens: -912 ctokens: -912

class fq_codel 10:1735 parent 10:
 (dropped 1292, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 15140b 10p requeues 0
  deficit 1514 count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 7.1ms
class fq_codel 10:4524 parent 10:
 (dropped 1291, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 16654b 11p requeues 0
  deficit 1514 count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 7.1ms
class fq_codel 10:4e74 parent 10:
 (dropped 1290, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 6056b 4p requeues 0
  deficit 1514 count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 6.4ms dropping drop_next 92.0ms
class fq_codel 10:628a parent 10:
 (dropped 1289, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 7570b 5p requeues 0
  deficit 1514 count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 5.4ms dropping drop_next 90.9ms
class fq_codel 10:a4b3 parent 10:
 (dropped 302, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 16654b 11p requeues 0
  deficit 1514 count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 7.1ms
class fq_codel 10:c3c2 parent 10:
 (dropped 1284, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 13626b 9p requeues 0
  deficit 1514 count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 5.9ms
class fq_codel 10:d331 parent 10:
 (dropped 299, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 15140b 10p requeues 0
  deficit 1514 count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 7.0ms
class fq_codel 10:d526 parent 10:
 (dropped 12160, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 35870b 211p requeues 0
  deficit 1508 count 12160 lastcount 1 ldelay 15.3ms dropping drop_next 247us
class fq_codel 10:e2c6 parent 10:
 (dropped 1288, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 15140b 10p requeues 0
  deficit 1514 count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 7.1ms
class fq_codel 10:eab5 parent 10:
 (dropped 1285, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 16654b 11p requeues 0
  deficit 1514 count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 5.9ms
class fq_codel 10:f220 parent 10:
 (dropped 1289, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 15140b 10p requeues 0
  deficit 1514 count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 7.1ms

qdisc htb 1: root refcnt 6 r2q 10 default 1 direct_packets_stat 0 ver 3.17
 Sent 43331086547 bytes 33092812 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 66063544 requeues 71)
 rate 201697Kbit 28602pps backlog 0b 260p requeues 71
qdisc fq_codel 10: parent 1:1 limit 10240p flows 65536 target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms ecn
 Sent 43331086547 bytes 33092812 pkt (dropped 949359, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 rate 201697Kbit 28602pps backlog 189352b 260p requeues 0
  maxpacket 1514 drop_overlimit 0 new_flow_count 5582 ecn_mark 125593
  new_flows_len 0 old_flows_len 11

PING 172.30.42.18 (172.30.42.18) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 172.30.42.18: icmp_req=1 ttl=64 time=0.227 ms
64 bytes from 172.30.42.18: icmp_req=2 ttl=64 time=0.165 ms
64 bytes from 172.30.42.18: icmp_req=3 ttl=64 time=0.166 ms
64 bytes from 172.30.42.18: icmp_req=4 ttl=64 time=0.151 ms
64 bytes from 172.30.42.18: icmp_req=5 ttl=64 time=0.164 ms
64 bytes from 172.30.42.18: icmp_req=6 ttl=64 time=0.172 ms
64 bytes from 172.30.42.18: icmp_req=7 ttl=64 time=0.175 ms
64 bytes from 172.30.42.18: icmp_req=8 ttl=64 time=0.183 ms
64 bytes from 172.30.42.18: icmp_req=9 ttl=64 time=0.158 ms
64 bytes from 172.30.42.18: icmp_req=10 ttl=64 time=0.200 ms

10 packets transmitted, 10 received, 0% packet loss, time 8999ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.151/0.176/0.227/0.022 ms

Much better than SFQ because of priority given to new flows, and fast
path dirtying less cache lines.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:53:42 -04:00
Eric Dumazet 536edd6710 codel: use Newton method instead of sqrt() and divides
As Van pointed out, interval/sqrt(count) can be implemented using
multiplies only.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Methods_of_computing_square_roots#Iterative_methods_for_reciprocal_square_roots

This patch implements the Newton method and reciprocal divide.

Total cost is 15 cycles instead of 120 on my Corei5 machine (64bit
kernel).

There is a small 'error' for count values < 5, but we don't really care.

I reuse a hole in struct codel_vars :
 - pack the dropping boolean into one bit
 - use 31bit to store the reciprocal value of sqrt(count).

Suggested-by: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:50:49 -04:00
Linus Walleij d5543206b2 usb/net: rndis: move bus message definition
This moves the bus message definition to land together with the
other message types. This message is not used in the kernel but
I'm keeping it anyway.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:15:20 -04:00
Linus Walleij e20289ed3f usb/net: rndis: fixup a few name prefixes
This switches a horde of NDIS_*-prefixed variables to the RNDIS_*
prefix. Most of them aren't used much and causes no changes.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:13:39 -04:00
Linus Walleij 514911678f usb/net: rndis: merge command codes
Switch the hyperv filter and rndis gadget driver to use the same command
enumerators as the other drivers and delete the surplus command codes.

Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:11:18 -04:00
Linus Walleij c80174f3da usb/net: rndis: move and namespace PnP defines
This moves the PnP OID definitions to the RNDIS_* namespace
and puts them in the next falling slot in the list. Oh, the comment
above the PnP defines was referring to some obsolete or out-of-tree
driver so removed it, and removed my own comments telling where each
header segment came from as well, we have moved everything around by
this point anyway.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:10:18 -04:00
Linus Walleij b101943209 usb/net: rndis: delete duplicate packet types
The NDIS_*-prefixed packet types have equivalent RNDIS_*-
prefixed types, besides nothing in the kernel use these defines.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:08:46 -04:00
Linus Walleij 17c51b6ccc usb/net: rndis: merge media type definitions
Let's have a unified table of RNDIS media. We used to have a similar
table with NDIS_* prefix from the gadget driver, but since we're only
using RNDIS in the kernel (IIRC NDIS, non-remote, is for the windows-
internal network drivers so what do we care) let's prefix everything
with RNDIS. Some of the definitions were conflicting, in one of the
defines 0x0B is bearer "CO WAN" and in two others "BPC". Well I took
the majority vote. Two definition of medium 0x09 calls it "wireless
WAN" but one vote for "wireless LAN" but in this case I am sticking
with the minority, "Wide Area Network" does not make much sense in
this case as far as I can tell.

NOTE: latin singular and plural is so screwed up in these defines
that it makes my eyes bleed. But I will not attempt to submit a
patch converting all use of _MEDIA_ to _MEDIUM_ while I can probably
tell from the semantics of the code that RNDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED
is most probably (erroneously) referring to a singular, unless it
can return an array of connected media. I suspect these erroneous
plurals are used in documentation and such so I don't want to
mess around with things for no functional change.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:08:06 -04:00
Linus Walleij 91d6aef7d1 usb/net: rndis: group all status codes together
Move all RNDIS status codes so they appear in rising order and
in one place of the header file.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:07:12 -04:00
Linus Walleij c3ef5eae86 usb/net: rndis: delete surplus defines
These defines are not used in the kernel, and they have duplicate
definitions under the RNDIS_* prefix.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:06:42 -04:00
Linus Walleij 4cc6c4d584 usb/net: rndis: merge duplicate 802_* OIDs
The 802_* network OIDs were duplicated, so let's merge them and
use the RNDIS_* prefixed definitions from the hyperV driver.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:05:59 -04:00
Linus Walleij 8cdddc3f9d usb/net: rndis: eliminate first set of duplicate OIDs
The RNDIS protocol contains a vast number of Object ID:s (OIDs).
The current definitions had multiple definitions of these ID:s,
let's use the nicely RNDIS_*-prefixed defines from the HyperV
implementation, rename everywhere they're used, and copy+rename
the few that were missing from this list of objects.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:04:19 -04:00
Linus Walleij 007e5c8e6a usb/net: rndis: remove ambigous status codes
The RNDIS status codes are redefined with much stranged ifdeffery
and only one of these codes was used in the hyperv driver, and
there it is very clearly referring to the RNDIS variant, not some
other status. So clarify this by explictly using the RNDIS_*
prefixed status code in the hyperv drivera and delete the
duplicate defines.

Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:03:14 -04:00
Linus Walleij 7591157e18 usb/net: rndis: break out <linux/rndis.h> defines
As a first step to consolidate the RNDIS implementations, break out
a common file with all the #defines and move it to <linux/rndis.h>.

This also deletes the immediate duplicated defines in the
<linux/rndis.h> file that yields a lot of compilation warnings.

Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:02:22 -04:00
Linus Walleij 7390e8b0de usb/net: rndis: inline the cpu_to_le32() macro
The header file <linux/usb/rndis_host.h> used a number of #defines
that included the cpu_to_le32() macro to assure the result will be
in LE endianness. Inlining this into the code instead of using it
in the code definitions yields consolidation opportunities later
on as you will see in the following patches. The individual
drivers also used local defines - all are switched over to the
pattern of doing the conversion at the call sites instead.

Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-12 15:00:45 -04:00
Arnd Bergmann 366695ff70 Merge branches 'depends/pinctrl/devel' and 'depends/rmk/clkdev' into spear/pinctrl
The spear/pinctrl branch has hard dependencies on both the
pinctrl branch and the clkdev branch. We merge those here
to fix it up without having to rebase a branch that has
been pulled into other stable branches already.

Conflicts:
	Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2012-05-12 20:38:42 +02:00
Jean Delvare e7065e20d9 i2c: Rename last mux driver to standard pattern
Update the MAINTAINERS entry and all other references accordingly.

Based on an original patch by Wolfram Sang.

Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>

[wsa: fixed merge conflict due to rework in i2c_add_mux_adapter()]

Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
2012-05-12 14:28:18 +02:00
Stephen Warren 0938643e53 of/i2c: implement of_find_i2c_adapter_by_node
This finds the struct i2c_adapter * for a given device tree node. Just
like of_find_i2c_device_by_node.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
2012-05-12 14:28:17 +02:00
Stephen Warren 643dd09eb2 i2c: implement i2c_verify_adapter
This converts a struct device * to a struct i2c_adapter * while verifying
that the device really is an I2C adapter. Just like i2c_verify_client.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
2012-05-12 14:28:16 +02:00
David Daney 5a3ecd5f98 i2c: Add a struct device * parameter to i2c_add_mux_adapter()
And adjust all callers.

The new device parameter is used in the next patch to initialize the
mux's of_node so that its children may be automatically populated.

Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Tested-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
2012-05-12 14:28:15 +02:00
Roland Stigge a092de11bb i2c: pnx: add device tree support
This patch adds device tree support to the pnx-i2c driver by using platform
resources for memory region and irq and removing dependency on mach includes.

The following platforms are affected:

* PNX
* LPC31xx (WIP)
* LPC32xx

The patch is based on a patch by Jon Smirl, working on lpc31xx integration

Signed-off-by: Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
2012-05-12 14:28:14 +02:00
Roland Stigge 77701a8bab i2c-pnx.c: Use resources in platforms
As a precondition for device tree conversion, the platforms using i2c-pnx.c are
converted to using mem and irq resources instead of platform data.

Signed-off-by: Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
2012-05-12 14:28:12 +02:00
Mark Brown 25061d2857 regmap: Last minute bug fix for 3.4
This is a last minute bug fix that was only just noticed since the code
 path that's being exercised here is one that is fairly rarely used.  The
 changelog for the change itself is extremely clear and the code itself
 is obvious to inspection so should be pretty safe.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJPqoQhAAoJEBus8iNuMP3dj1kP/0Z1yIk1ME0KzSy42/qbGKsp
 +2mrAASkh7DbbWU2hSmwTpEgAAiY2ws0A/Uyj/Al4f/gJW6bZvlxK4mbf1i+P1LG
 ab3ohhUOqexHVaIKMTnYKhnHWuzU25mnf2vW8IOr6jccu6h7X4orDmw1uEPVgsbs
 P7fThQa0BPRkiLIUWGmg0oMY6IXJlzsStDK2Npw47EypY4FZCZucJgXkmYZLt0Nk
 mhLPsznD5GqHNSmCqrUI3j/s3R0sd/Xc63pvznBU9D8RAbSRgi2vGL8UenEtIQgt
 bVXOKe5H8ZzXYNYpzpGeJm3dTE2pZWmT1hfRSf0kBOkLhEpt/Oy9WBj1kfoTg9n9
 fNH6OJYn12uG0qQomiAT96Qm3qrslF5y9S64ZyHT6BAkJT87wnEqTmaQkoAevDEr
 hldzT+dTPAk2Pspge8m910+kQA72YyE1z6/PikvkEepYDFrqffZcBFWqjW8aQjGj
 /5r7F5fLC7zJku0FjYUMRYDgYc9z0lk6tDt8QL7E7j+55ntrhYR8IuTQA7g2asal
 yeQSTqa/NkJcch+aULgyOU0W9U1z2i04mdGI74iJnf3DSGGmvJ95IYLJA4tfnIOw
 63xo2BhmHVGyRqTN5l7o5Zlgf5FdcUt+5EBLudSqqZynB/tMZNgb0PEzfIRFBuRq
 GSIm5dwIqKgtymCEOUmp
 =xcal
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'regmap-3.4' into regmap-stride

regmap: Last minute bug fix for 3.4

This is a last minute bug fix that was only just noticed since the code
path that's being exercised here is one that is fairly rarely used.  The
changelog for the change itself is extremely clear and the code itself
is obvious to inspection so should be pretty safe.

Conflicts:
	drivers/base/regmap/regmap.c (overlap between the fix and stride code)
2012-05-12 13:06:08 +01:00
Mark Brown bca7bbfff3 regulator: core: Allow drivers to set simple linear voltage maps as data
A lot of regulator hardware maps selectors on to voltages with a simple
linear mapping function

    selector = base + (selector * step size)

Provide off the shelf list_voltage() and map_voltage() operations which
use new min_uV and uV_step members in the regulator_desc to implement
this function.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
2012-05-12 11:11:32 +01:00
Mark Brown e843fc4616 regulator: core: Allow regulators to provide a voltage to selector mapping
In order to allow more drivers to factor things out into data allow
drivers to provide a mapping function to convert voltages into selectors.
This allows any driver to use set_voltage_sel(). The existing mapping
based on iterating over list_voltage() is provided as an operation which
can be assigned to the new map_voltage() function though for ease of
transition it is treated as the default.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
2012-05-12 11:11:23 +01:00
Mark Brown 5949a7e9ab Merge remote-tracking branch 'regulator/topic/drivers' into regulator-next
Conflicts:
	drivers/regulator/88pm8607.c (simple overlap with a bugfix in v3.4)
2012-05-12 11:10:25 +01:00
Mark Brown 178e43aef2 Merge remote-tracking branches 'regulator/topic/core', 'regulator/topic/regmap' and 'regulator/topic/register' into regulator-next 2012-05-12 11:09:47 +01:00
Olof Johansson 4a0dfe69fe Merge branch 'imx/pinctrl/for-3.5' of git://git.linaro.org/people/shawnguo/linux-2.6 into next/pinctrl
* 'imx/pinctrl/for-3.5' of git://git.linaro.org/people/shawnguo/linux-2.6: (290 commits)
  ARM: mxs: enable pinctrl support
  video: mxsfb: adopt pinctrl support
  ASoC: mxs-saif: adopt pinctrl support
  i2c: mxs: adopt pinctrl support
  mtd: nand: gpmi: adopt pinctrl support
  mmc: mxs-mmc: adopt pinctrl support
  serial: mxs-auart: adopt pinctrl support
  serial: amba-pl011: adopt pinctrl support
  spi/imx: adopt pinctrl support
  i2c: imx: adopt pinctrl support
  can: flexcan: adopt pinctrl support
  net: fec: adopt pinctrl support
  tty: serial: imx: adopt pinctrl support
  mmc: sdhci-imx-esdhc: adopt pinctrl support
  ARM: imx6q: switch to use pinctrl subsystem
  ARM: mxs: enable pinctrl dummy states
  ARM: imx: enable pinctrl dummy states
  +3.4-rc5 update
2012-05-11 22:59:11 -07:00
Shawn Guo 8c92013643 dma: mxs-dma: make platform_device_id more generic
Rewrite mxs_dma_is_apbh and mxs_dma_is_apbx in order to support
other SoCs like imx6q and reform the platform_device_id for the
better further dt support.

Cc: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Cc: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Cc: Huang Shijie <b32955@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <dong.aisheng@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
2012-05-12 13:32:17 +08:00
Lan Tianyu bebc56d58d usb: move struct usb_device->children to struct usb_hub_port->child
Move child's pointer to the struct usb_hub_port since the child device
is directly associated with the port. Provide usb_get_hub_child_device()
to get child's pointer.

Signed-off-by: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-11 17:08:41 -07:00
Matthew Garrett 38ac0f1b90 ACPI: Add _PLD support
Add a simple helper function to allow drivers to obtain the physical
device location data.

Acked-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-11 17:03:12 -07:00
Matthew Garrett 66886d6f8c ACPI: Add stubs for (un)register_acpi_bus_type
It's unreasonable to have CONFIG_ACPI for these in drivers, so add some
stub functions.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-11 17:03:12 -07:00
Alexander Shishkin 4fd09e8e02 usb: gadget: remove langwell_udc
We have the chipidea driver now that supports both langwell and penwell,
so there is no need for this one any more.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-11 17:01:06 -07:00
Mark Brown 7563bbf89d gpiolib/arches: Centralise bolierplate asm/gpio.h
Rather than requiring architectures that use gpiolib but don't have any
need to define anything custom to copy an asm/gpio.h provide a Kconfig
symbol which architectures must select in order to include gpio.h and
for other architectures just provide the trivial implementation directly.

This makes it much easier to do gpiolib updates and is also a step towards
making gpiolib APIs available on every architecture.

For architectures with existing boilerplate code leave a stub header in
place which warns on direct inclusion of asm/gpio.h and includes
linux/gpio.h to catch code that's doing this.  Direct inclusion of
asm/gpio.h has long been deprecated.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Jonas Bonn <jonas@southpole.se>
Acked-by: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
2012-05-11 18:00:14 -06:00
Alexander Shishkin bd841986e4 usb: chipidea: add power_budget limit for ehci to platform data
Some implementations need this limitation to work correctly.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-11 16:59:35 -07:00
Alexander Shishkin e443b33362 usb: chipidea: split the driver code into units
Split the driver into the following parts:
  * core  -- resources, register access, capabilities, etc;
  * udc   -- device controller functionality;
  * debug -- logging events.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-11 16:49:51 -07:00
Jörn Engel 33933a0e96 target: make target_put_session void
No real change, it effectively already was.

Signed-off-by: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-11 15:01:52 -07:00
Rafael J. Wysocki 351520a9eb Merge branch 'pm-sleep'
* pm-sleep:
  PM / Sleep: User space wakeup sources garbage collector Kconfig option
  PM / Sleep: Make the limit of user space wakeup sources configurable
  PM / Documentation: suspend-and-cpuhotplug.txt: Fix typo
  PM / Sleep: Fix a mistake in a conditional in autosleep_store()
  epoll: Add a flag, EPOLLWAKEUP, to prevent suspend while epoll events are ready
  PM / Sleep: Add user space interface for manipulating wakeup sources, v3
  PM / Sleep: Add "prevent autosleep time" statistics to wakeup sources
  PM / Sleep: Implement opportunistic sleep, v2
  PM / Sleep: Add wakeup_source_activate and wakeup_source_deactivate tracepoints
  PM / Sleep: Change wakeup source statistics to follow Android
  PM / Sleep: Use wait queue to signal "no wakeup events in progress"
  PM / Sleep: Look for wakeup events in later stages of device suspend
  PM / Hibernate: Hibernate/thaw fixes/improvements
2012-05-11 21:15:09 +02:00
Rafael J. Wysocki e6d18093ea Merge branch 'pm-domains'
* pm-domains:
  PM / Domains: Fix computation of maximum domain off time
  PM / Domains: Fix link checking when add subdomain
  PM / Domains: Cache device stop and domain power off governor results, v3
  PM / Domains: Make device removal more straightforward
  PM / QoS: Create device constraints objects on notifier registration
  PM / Runtime: Remove device fields related to suspend time, v2
  PM / Domains: Rework default domain power off governor function, v2
  PM / Domains: Rework default device stop governor function, v2
2012-05-11 21:14:31 +02:00
Paul E. McKenney dc36be4419 Merge branches 'barrier.2012.05.09a', 'fixes.2012.04.26a', 'inline.2012.05.02b' and 'srcu.2012.05.07b' into HEAD
barrier:  Reduce the amount of disturbance by rcu_barrier() to the rest of
    	the system.  This branch also includes improvements to
    	RCU_FAST_NO_HZ, which are included here due to conflicts.
fixes:  Miscellaneous fixes.
inline:  Remaining changes from an abortive attempt to inline
    	preemptible RCU's __rcu_read_lock().  These are (1) making
    	exit_rcu() avoid unnecessary work and (2) avoiding having
    	preemptible RCU record a blocked thread when the scheduler
    	declines to do a context switch.
srcu:	Lai Jiangshan's algorithmic implementation of SRCU, including
    	call_srcu().
2012-05-11 10:14:21 -07:00
Rob Clark b06d66be3b drm: pass dev to drm_vm_{open,close}_locked()
Previously these functions would assume that vma->vm_file was the
drm_file.  Although if in some cases if the drm driver needs to use
something else for the backing file (such as the tmpfs filp) then this
assumption is no longer true.  But vma->vm_private_data is still the
GEM object.

With this change, now the drm_device comes from the GEM object rather
than the drm_file so the driver is more free to play with vma->vm_file.

The scenario where this comes up is for mmap'ing of cached dmabuf's
for non-coherent systems, where the driver needs to use fault handling
and PTE shootdown to simulate coherency.  We can't use the vma->vm_file
of the dmabuf, which is using anon_inode's address_space.  The most
straightforward thing to do is to use the GEM object's obj->filp for
vma->vm_file in all cases, for which we need this patch.

Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <rob@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 17:37:46 +01:00
Arnd Bergmann 93c6d8927f Merge branch 'clk/mxs' of git://git.linaro.org/people/shawnguo/linux-2.6 into next/clock
Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org> writes:

  mxs common clk porting for v3.5.  It depends on the following two branches.

  [1] git://git.linaro.org/people/mturquette/linux.git clk-next
  [2] http://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/linux/arm/kernel/git-cur/linux-arm.git clkdev

  As the mxs device tree conversion will constantly touch clock files,
  to save the conflicts, the updated mxs/dt branch coming later will
  based on this pull-request.

* 'clk/mxs' of git://git.linaro.org/people/shawnguo/linux-2.6:
  ARM: mxs: remove now unused timer_clk argument from mxs_timer_init
  ARM: mxs: remove old clock support
  ARM: mxs: switch to common clk framework
  ARM: mxs: change the lookup name for fec phy clock
  ARM: mxs: request clock for timer
  clk: mxs: add clock support for imx28
  clk: mxs: add clock support for imx23
  clk: mxs: add mxs specific clocks

Includes an update to Linux 3.4-rc6

Conflicts:
	drivers/clk/Makefile

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2012-05-11 17:15:31 +02:00
Arnd Bergmann e12ff34402 Merge branch 'depends/rmk/clkdev' into next/clock
* depends/rmk/clkdev:
  CLKDEV: provide helpers for common clock framework
  ARM: 7392/1: CLKDEV: Optimize clk_find()
  ARM: 7376/1: clkdev: Implement managed clk_get()
2012-05-11 17:13:00 +02:00
Jeff Moyer 080399aaaf block: don't mark buffers beyond end of disk as mapped
Hi,

We have a bug report open where a squashfs image mounted on ppc64 would
exhibit errors due to trying to read beyond the end of the disk.  It can
easily be reproduced by doing the following:

[root@ibm-p750e-02-lp3 ~]# ls -l install.img
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 142032896 Apr 30 16:46 install.img
[root@ibm-p750e-02-lp3 ~]# mount -o loop ./install.img /mnt/test
[root@ibm-p750e-02-lp3 ~]# dd if=/dev/loop0 of=/dev/null
dd: reading `/dev/loop0': Input/output error
277376+0 records in
277376+0 records out
142016512 bytes (142 MB) copied, 0.9465 s, 150 MB/s

In dmesg, you'll find the following:

squashfs: version 4.0 (2009/01/31) Phillip Lougher
[   43.106012] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106029] loop0: rw=0, want=277410, limit=277408
[   43.106039] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138704
[   43.106053] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106057] loop0: rw=0, want=277412, limit=277408
[   43.106061] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138705
[   43.106066] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106070] loop0: rw=0, want=277414, limit=277408
[   43.106073] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138706
[   43.106078] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106081] loop0: rw=0, want=277416, limit=277408
[   43.106085] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138707
[   43.106089] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106093] loop0: rw=0, want=277418, limit=277408
[   43.106096] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138708
[   43.106101] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106104] loop0: rw=0, want=277420, limit=277408
[   43.106108] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138709
[   43.106112] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106116] loop0: rw=0, want=277422, limit=277408
[   43.106120] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138710
[   43.106124] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106128] loop0: rw=0, want=277424, limit=277408
[   43.106131] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138711
[   43.106135] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106139] loop0: rw=0, want=277426, limit=277408
[   43.106143] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138712
[   43.106147] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106151] loop0: rw=0, want=277428, limit=277408
[   43.106154] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138713
[   43.106158] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106162] loop0: rw=0, want=277430, limit=277408
[   43.106166] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106169] loop0: rw=0, want=277432, limit=277408
...
[   43.106307] attempt to access beyond end of device
[   43.106311] loop0: rw=0, want=277470, limit=2774

Squashfs manages to read in the end block(s) of the disk during the
mount operation.  Then, when dd reads the block device, it leads to
block_read_full_page being called with buffers that are beyond end of
disk, but are marked as mapped.  Thus, it would end up submitting read
I/O against them, resulting in the errors mentioned above.  I fixed the
problem by modifying init_page_buffers to only set the buffer mapped if
it fell inside of i_size.

Cheers,
Jeff

Signed-off-by: Jeff Moyer <jmoyer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>

--

Changes from v1->v2: re-used max_block, as suggested by Nick Piggin.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2012-05-11 16:42:14 +02:00
Ricardo Neri 9c0b842036 OMAPDSS: Provide an interface for audio support
There exist several display technologies and standards that support audio as
well. Hence, it is relevant to update the DSS device driver to provide an audio
interface that may be used by an audio driver or any other driver interested in
the functionality.

The audio_enable function is intended to prepare the relevant
IP for playback (e.g., enabling an audio FIFO, taking in/out of reset
some IP, enabling companion chips, etc). It is intended to be called before
audio_start. The audio_disable function performs the reverse operation and is
intended to be called after audio_stop.

While a given DSS device driver may support audio, it is possible that for
certain configurations audio is not supported (e.g., an HDMI display using a
VESA video timing). The audio_supported function is intended to query whether
the current configuration of the display supports audio.

The audio_config function is intended to configure all the relevant audio
parameters of the display. In order to make the function independent of any
specific DSS device driver, a struct omap_dss_audio is defined. Its purpose
is to contain all the required parameters for audio configuration. At the
moment, such structure contains pointers to IEC-60958 channel status word and
CEA-861 audio infoframe structures. This should be enough to support HDMI and
DisplayPort, as both are based on CEA-861 and IEC-60958. The omap_dss_audio
structure may be extended in the future if required.

The audio_enable/disable, audio_config and audio_supported functions could be
implemented as functions that may sleep. Hence, they should not be called
while holding a spinlock or a readlock.

The audio_start/audio_stop function is intended to effectively start/stop audio
playback after the configuration has taken place. These functions are designed
to be used in an atomic context. Hence, audio_start should return quickly and be
called only after all the needed resources for audio playback (audio FIFOs,
DMA channels, companion chips, etc) have been enabled to begin data transfers.
audio_stop is designed to only stop the audio transfers. The resources used
for playback are released using audio_disable.

A new enum omap_dss_audio_state is introduced to help the implementations of
the interface to keep track of the audio state. The initial state is _DISABLED;
then, the state transitions to _CONFIGURED, and then, when it is ready to
play audio, to _ENABLED. The state _PLAYING is used when the audio is being
rendered.

Signed-off-by: Ricardo Neri <ricardo.neri@ti.com>
2012-05-11 15:13:50 +03:00
Tomi Valkeinen 00928eaf52 OMAPDSS: clean up the omapdss platform data mess
The omapdss pdata handling is a mess. This is more evident when trying
to use device tree for DSS, as we don't have platform data anymore in
that case. This patch cleans the pdata handling by:

- Remove struct omap_display_platform_data. It was used just as a
  wrapper for struct omap_dss_board_info.
- Pass the platform data only to omapdss device. The drivers for omap
  dss hwmods do not need the platform data. This should also work better
  for DT, as we can create omapdss device programmatically in generic omap
  boot code, and thus we can pass the pdata to it.
- Create dss functions for get_ctx_loss_count and dsi_enable/disable_pads
  that the dss hwmod drivers can call.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2012-05-11 14:44:51 +03:00
David Howells fd75815f72 KEYS: Add invalidation support
Add support for invalidating a key - which renders it immediately invisible to
further searches and causes the garbage collector to immediately wake up,
remove it from keyrings and then destroy it when it's no longer referenced.

It's better not to do this with keyctl_revoke() as that marks the key to start
returning -EKEYREVOKED to searches when what is actually desired is to have the
key refetched.

To invalidate a key the caller must be granted SEARCH permission by the key.
This may be too strict.  It may be better to also permit invalidation if the
caller has any of READ, WRITE or SETATTR permission.

The primary use for this is to evict keys that are cached in special keyrings,
such as the DNS resolver or an ID mapper.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 10:56:56 +01:00
David Howells 31d5a79d7f KEYS: Do LRU discard in full keyrings
Do an LRU discard in keyrings that are full rather than returning ENFILE.  To
perform this, a time_t is added to the key struct and updated by the creation
of a link to a key and by a key being found as the result of a search.  At the
completion of a successful search, the keyrings in the path between the root of
the search and the first found link to it also have their last-used times
updated.

Note that discarding a link to a key from a keyring does not necessarily
destroy the key as there may be references held by other places.

An alternate discard method that might suffice is to perform FIFO discard from
the keyring, using the spare 2-byte hole in the keylist header as the index of
the next link to be discarded.

This is useful when using a keyring as a cache for DNS results or foreign
filesystem IDs.


This can be tested by the following.  As root do:

	echo 1000 >/proc/sys/kernel/keys/root_maxkeys

	kr=`keyctl newring foo @s`
	for ((i=0; i<2000; i++)); do keyctl add user a$i a $kr; done

Without this patch ENFILE should be reported when the keyring fills up.  With
this patch, the keyring discards keys in an LRU fashion.  Note that the stored
LRU time has a granularity of 1s.

After doing this, /proc/key-users can be observed and should show that most of
the 2000 keys have been discarded:

	[root@andromeda ~]# cat /proc/key-users
	    0:   517 516/516 513/1000 5249/20000

The "513/1000" here is the number of quota-accounted keys present for this user
out of the maximum permitted.

In /proc/keys, the keyring shows the number of keys it has and the number of
slots it has allocated:

	[root@andromeda ~]# grep foo /proc/keys
	200c64c4 I--Q--     1 perm 3b3f0000     0     0 keyring   foo: 509/509

The maximum is (PAGE_SIZE - header) / key pointer size.  That's typically 509
on a 64-bit system and 1020 on a 32-bit system.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 10:56:56 +01:00
David Howells 233e4735f2 KEYS: Permit in-place link replacement in keyring list
Make use of the previous patch that makes the garbage collector perform RCU
synchronisation before destroying defunct keys.  Key pointers can now be
replaced in-place without creating a new keyring payload and replacing the
whole thing as the discarded keys will not be destroyed until all currently
held RCU read locks are released.

If the keyring payload space needs to be expanded or contracted, then a
replacement will still need allocating, and the original will still have to be
freed by RCU.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 10:56:56 +01:00
David Howells 65d87fe68a KEYS: Perform RCU synchronisation on keys prior to key destruction
Make the keys garbage collector invoke synchronize_rcu() prior to destroying
keys with a zero usage count.  This means that a key can be examined under the
RCU read lock in the safe knowledge that it won't get deallocated until after
the lock is released - even if its usage count becomes zero whilst we're
looking at it.

This is useful in keyring search vs key link.  Consider a keyring containing a
link to a key.  That link can be replaced in-place in the keyring without
requiring an RCU copy-and-replace on the keyring contents without breaking a
search underway on that keyring when the displaced key is released, provided
the key is actually destroyed only after the RCU read lock held by the search
algorithm is released.

This permits __key_link() to replace a key without having to reallocate the key
payload.  A key gets replaced if a new key being linked into a keyring has the
same type and description.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 10:56:56 +01:00
Linus Walleij 65697e6b1a pinctrl: add sleep state definition
There is an IDLE definition in the pinctrl framework, but for
ux500 SLEEP is more apropriate.

I've added some comments on the semantics of the common states
so as to avoid misunderstandings.

ChangeLog v1->v2:
- Fixed terminology "on"->"into".

Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-05-11 11:14:17 +02:00
Linus Walleij b9e3b72d4a Merge tag 'pinctrl-mergebase-20120418' into HEAD
Conflicts:
	drivers/pinctrl/core.c
2012-05-11 09:04:22 +02:00
Olof Johansson d211093fba Clean up for omap DSS board init in preparation for adding DT support.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJPqsIwAAoJEBvUPslcq6VzKKEP/0+ClC5BNXK/rEbcUE9g2elY
 yAGF1HFWaRDBR2mpYXGHcGJGot81AN/5AyoqqvabGUD1Vk7VU2v/nQX9Fa7f9YDW
 rC3Jh9/eL6oib/qxSDau7MeSNHygbkcm24Lm/nRcpnwiz7bQMVpK3D963uUm3F+9
 RQVd5SrHRIVEP8D3ngtZjY345LOcsi2Ou5HJdJPF9vGaBuFWZ88iQrLkg/Xq7+Yy
 SoNRnYUmxfD4H3AsxKQhlW/XMKPXEjMF3Us+yGDoJ07221NqoOczmYDvQbj1udIp
 7WCNa6jCEdDkpdHICXfhPaOTTRGKMyk1tUWXsw5Thqdau4EV3Q9r1frW2nOawbAh
 eIBo2546btZ/t6W3fdgRp/IiqVtuN1QzB14MaVmiMF8TpD9Ge3qX60cZyoaXP93y
 IaRbE0u0uJrt3m6vZTzBplVUGE8vBXLizJgeoN4DCyckSkvLkks+NkDUjQ15Ryhk
 nSTtvVIZfviTcn386J0sV7I0lMl59hfv5WyGOgLfFtWINpAs/EmZ4OslRRLVIyfx
 cugDbkRLS6pAXBubhL+0LUHAbL+UitJCgHk3R3TXw4HiYR/j0SzRvWuGofPuTI7x
 0OGdLkR8c7KroNlthIb+MFY/td8tYhJs2c4qDPTDGZk23RzJZJTdMQD/L/pT6SZq
 sNYwc5TLIViZElaO99yi
 =lzYq
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'omap-cleanup-dss-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tmlind/linux-omap into next/cleanup

Clean up for omap DSS board init in preparation for adding DT support.

By Tomi Valkeinen
via Tomi Valkeinen (1) and Tony Lindgren (1)
* tag 'omap-cleanup-dss-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tmlind/linux-omap:
  OMAPDSS: DSI: implement generic DSI pin config
  OMAPDSS: Taal: move reset gpio handling to taal driver
  OMAPDSS: TFP410: rename dvi files to tfp410
  OMAPDSS: TFP410: rename dvi -> tfp410
  OMAP: board-files: remove custom PD GPIO handling for DVI output
  OMAPDSS: panel-dvi: add PD gpio handling

Resolved context conflicts in arch/arm/mach-omap2/board-omap4panda.c.

Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
2012-05-10 23:51:21 -07:00
Olof Johansson ff658f46d4 Board specific changes for omap.
Note that these are based on omap-pm-regulator-for-v3.5 as
 both branches are adding twl regulators.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJPqu7RAAoJEBvUPslcq6VzC3sQAI5xS3PyPaU+kP1mSNl85wKH
 wFnYenRP2VYkvlPOnFz1SrZNROFBrRdqc7gbHFeV/gfn5qbMBb430mKlO4Q2eh5S
 kYUI4DlWrXn8Z19hfZOTK1HTL/Mtcvb08XLUI1hN6NUhutjQOT5Rs2yWWVC2Y0MU
 Ov5FYz6oLwxAFkiezgeNnKzeCkMX+RX+9DwTOcl/84h/Xe8nSgPl6zRIpASirbuH
 frSMbQT6JqVx6h/sykBCxcbEMtGDkeO4QNIFzfocsZgZ+4SnaVJNVh59ceh3pFr9
 2AN2bkeXAAwj4Rm8bpLsRm7bawmDeradCskYe9E1gZDHTwz57jgw3ykLzoT04wHK
 DhRXaZ4m5p11xsQEUtjpZEp433qBF602+ndDsl1qsk6OUBMqGMaF7GELLZ8GZY7v
 NEuCq8d7gJ3AG1EOMbxvQXlxueI3FkbX+ptBLTjU3+IeIdia4LyZqrmW6LMAM7hK
 6Xm+6RY0lnf95oZhqKA71hLocwCVm9IVnEqdfgnOHPyJ6NsCE2MLGu8B47fZKfJ/
 XIPlsVY1uRBeQ2wEXsnseDy1DSCWEU4AcnBhzyjIZFcGuaCCph3RPN4Z2skyAWbX
 SuiYSYWL+HOFzIjhkAVLg4NAVLWu2GykJSYvt0WoIiBf/L9OUaiCkJgdpWa1Qfun
 S4DLjjMJa0/K9xhW6vVO
 =l8vH
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'omap-board-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tmlind/linux-omap into next/boards

Board specific changes for omap.

Note that these are based on omap-pm-regulator-for-v3.5 as
both branches are adding twl regulators.

By Paul Gortmaker (8) and others
via Linus Torvalds (38) and others
* tag 'omap-board-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tmlind/linux-omap:
  OMAP: omap4panda: Use common configuration for V1V8, V2V1 supplies
  OMAP: 4430SDP: Use common configuration for V1V8, V2V1 supplies
  OMAP4: twl-common: Add twl6030 V1V8, V2V1 SMPS common configuration
  ARM: OMAP: Mark Beagleboard-xM MMC bus as 4-bit
  Add MSUB support for the LogicPD OMAP3530 DevKits
  ARM: OMAP: rx51: Platform support for lis3lv02d accelerometer
  ARM: OMAP2+: craneboard: register emac device
  ARM: OMAP4: board-omap4panda: Register platform device for HDMI audio codec
  ARM: OMAP4: board-4430sdp: Register platform device for HDMI audio codec
  ARM: OMAP: devices: Register platform devices for HDMI audio
  ARM: OMAP3: igep0020: Add support for Micron NAND Flash storage memory
  ARM: OMAP2+: nand: Make board_onenand_init() visible to board code
  ARM: OMAP3: cm-t35: add support for power off
  ARM: OMAP: WiLink platform data for the PandaBoard
  ARM: OMAP2PLUS: Enable HIGHMEM
  ARM: OMAP: omap2plus_defconfig: Enable ehci-omap and sms95xx support

Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
2012-05-10 23:38:32 -07:00
Kuninori Morimoto 922ee08baa dmaengine: Fixup dmaengine_prep_slave_single() to be actually useful
dmaengine_prep_slave_single() is a helper function which is supposed to be used
to prepare a transfer of a single contingous buffer. Currently the function
takes a pointer to such a buffer from which it builds a scatterlist and passes
it on to device_prep_slave_sg. The dmaengine framework requires that any
scatterlist that is passed to device_prep_slave_sg is mapped and it may not be
unmapped until the DMA operation has completed. This is not the here and any use
of dmaengine_prep_slave_single() will lead to undefined behaviour (Most likely a
system crash).

This patch changes dmaengine_prep_slave_single() to take a dma_addr_t instead of
a pointer to a buffer and moves the responsibility of mapping and unmapping the
buffer up to the caller.

Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-11 12:04:39 +05:30
Dmitry Torokhov b45c8f35a7 Input: matrix-keymap - wire up device tree support
When platform keymap is not supplied to matrix_keypad_build_keymap()
and device tree support is enabled, try locating specified property
and load keymap from it. If property name is not defined, try using
"linux,keymap".

Based on earlier patch by Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
2012-05-10 22:39:43 -07:00
Dmitry Torokhov 1932811f42 Input: matrix-keymap - uninline and prepare for device tree support
Change matrix-keymap helper to be out-of-line, like sparse keymap,
allow the helper perform basic keymap validation and return errors,
and prepare for device tree support.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
2012-05-10 22:38:47 -07:00
Jean-François Dagenais d0a3457d38 Input: adp5588 - add support for gpio names
Signed-off-by: Jean-François Dagenais <jeff.dagenais@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
2012-05-10 22:34:16 -07:00
Paul Parsons ae99ea562b Input: Add Synaptics NavPoint (PXA27x SSP/SPI) driver
This driver adds support for the Synaptics NavPoint touchpad connected
to a PXA27x SSP port in SPI slave mode. The device emulates a mouse;
a tap or tap-and-a-half drag gesture emulates the left mouse button.
For example, use the xf86-input-evdev driver for an X pointing device.

Signed-off-by: Paul Parsons <lost.distance@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
2012-05-10 22:12:39 -07:00
Eric Dumazet 76e3cc126b codel: Controlled Delay AQM
An implementation of CoDel AQM, from Kathleen Nichols and Van Jacobson.

http://queue.acm.org/detail.cfm?id=2209336

This AQM main input is no longer queue size in bytes or packets, but the
delay packets stay in (FIFO) queue.

As we don't have infinite memory, we still can drop packets in enqueue()
in case of massive load, but mean of CoDel is to drop packets in
dequeue(), using a control law based on two simple parameters :

target : target sojourn time (default 5ms)
interval : width of moving time window (default 100ms)

Based on initial work from Dave Taht.

Refactored to help future codel inclusion as a plugin for other linux
qdisc (FQ_CODEL, ...), like RED.

include/net/codel.h contains codel algorithm as close as possible than
Kathleen reference.

net/sched/sch_codel.c contains the linux qdisc specific glue.

Separate structures permit a memory efficient implementation of fq_codel
(to be sent as a separate work) : Each flow has its own struct
codel_vars.

timestamps are taken at enqueue() time with 1024 ns precision, allowing
a range of 2199 seconds in queue, and 100Gb links support. iproute2 uses
usec as base unit.

Selected packets are dropped, unless ECN is enabled and packets can get
ECN mark instead.

Tested from 2Mb to 10Gb speeds with no particular problems, on ixgbe and
tg3 drivers (BQL enabled).

Usage: tc qdisc ... codel [ limit PACKETS ] [ target TIME ]
                          [ interval TIME ] [ ecn ]

qdisc codel 10: parent 1:1 limit 2000p target 3.0ms interval 60.0ms ecn
 Sent 13347099587 bytes 8815805 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 rate 202365Kbit 16708pps backlog 113550b 75p requeues 0
  count 116 lastcount 98 ldelay 4.3ms dropping drop_next 816us
  maxpacket 1514 ecn_mark 84399 drop_overlimit 0

CoDel must be seen as a base module, and should be used keeping in mind
there is still a FIFO queue. So a typical setup will probably need a
hierarchy of several qdiscs and packet classifiers to be able to meet
whatever constraints a user might have.

One possible example would be to use fq_codel, which combines Fair
Queueing and CoDel, in replacement of sfq / sfq_red.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-10 23:35:02 -04:00
Joe Perches baf523c9ba etherdevice.h: Add ether_addr_equal_64bits
Add an optimized boolean function to check if
2 ethernet addresses are the same.

This is to avoid any confusion about compare_ether_addr_64bits
returning an unsigned, and not being able to use the
compare_ether_addr_64bits function for sorting ala memcmp.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-10 23:33:01 -04:00
Pavel Emelyanov 292e8d8c85 tcp: Move rcvq sending to tcp_input.c
It actually works on the input queue and will use its read mem
routines, thus it's better to have in in the tcp_input.c file.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-10 23:24:35 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel e0268868ba sctp: check cached dst before using it
dst_check() will take care of SA (and obsolete field), hence
IPsec rekeying scenario is taken into account.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yaseivch <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-10 23:15:47 -04:00
David S. Miller 59b9997bab Revert "net: maintain namespace isolation between vlan and real device"
This reverts commit 8a83a00b07.

It causes regressions for S390 devices, because it does an
unconditional DST drop on SKBs for vlans and the QETH device
needs the neighbour entry hung off the DST for certain things
on transmit.

Arnd can't remember exactly why he even needed this change.

Conflicts:

	drivers/net/macvlan.c
	net/8021q/vlan_dev.c
	net/core/dev.c

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-10 23:03:34 -04:00
Linus Torvalds 26fe575028 vfs: make it possible to access the dentry hash/len as one 64-bit entry
This allows comparing hash and len in one operation on 64-bit
architectures.  Right now only __d_lookup_rcu() takes advantage of this,
since that is the case we care most about.

The use of anonymous struct/unions hides the alternate 64-bit approach
from most users, the exception being a few cases where we initialize a
'struct qstr' with a static initializer.  This makes the problematic
cases use a new QSTR_INIT() helper function for that (but initializing
just the name pointer with a "{ .name = xyzzy }" initializer remains
valid, as does just copying another qstr structure).

Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-10 19:54:35 -07:00
Steven Rostedt 9b63776fa3 tracing: Do not enable function event with enable
With the adding of function tracing event to perf, it caused a
side effect that produces the following warning when enabling all
events in ftrace:

 # echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/enable

[console]
event trace: Could not enable event function

This is because when enabling all events via the debugfs system
it ignores events that do not have a ->reg() function assigned.
This was to skip over the ftrace internal events (as they are
not TRACE_EVENTs). But as the ftrace function event now has
a ->reg() function attached to it for use with perf, it is no
longer ignored.

Worse yet, this ->reg() function is being called when it should
not be. It returns an error and causes the above warning to
be printed.

By adding a new event_call flag (TRACE_EVENT_FL_IGNORE_ENABLE)
and have all ftrace internel event structures have it set,
setting the events/enable will no longe try to incorrectly enable
the function event and does not warn.

Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2012-05-10 15:55:43 -04:00
Andrzej Pietrasiewicz cad4cd8fbd usb: gadget: composite: add iSerialNumber to usb_composite_driver
Add iSerialNumber to usb_composite_driver to allow setting a default value.
This is useful when the module is compiled-in. Then the composite_bind
is executed at kernel boot and string id for iSerialNumber can be overridden
even if there is no iSerialNumber kernel commandline parameter.
If the string id is not overridden, then get_string will never attempt to
look for the alternative string contents using cdev->serial_override.

Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-10 12:22:43 -07:00
Benoit Goby 51cce6fc15 usb: gadget: composite: Add usb_remove_config
Add usb_remove_config to unbind a configuration and remove it from
the configs list. This allows implementing composite gadget drivers that
can disconnect themself from the bus and that will later be re-enumerated
with a different configuration.

Gadget drivers must call usb_gadget_disconnect before calling this
function to disable the pullup, disconnect the device from the host,
and prevent the host from enumerating the device while we are changing
the gadget configuration.

Signed-off-by: Benoit Goby <benoit@android.com>
	[change return type of [usb_]remove_config]
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-10 12:21:32 -07:00
Ivo Sieben 1541f845d1 tty: move global ldisc idle waitqueue to the individual ldisc
The global wait_queue that is used for line discipline idle handling is
moved to a separate wait_queue for each line instance. This prevents
unnecessary blocking on one line, because of idle handling on another
line.

Signed-off-by: Ivo Sieben <meltedpianoman@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-10 11:24:03 -07:00
Tomi Valkeinen 9b71fb5cbc Merge branch 'for-l-o-3.5'
Conflicts:
	drivers/video/omap2/displays/panel-taal.c

Merge OMAP DSS related board file changes. The branch will also be
merged through linux-omap tree to solve conflicts.
2012-05-10 20:24:14 +03:00
Guennadi Liakhovetski c7eea50b98 pinctrl: (cosmetic) fix two entries in DocBook comments
This removes a repeated word and a repeated and incomplete line from two
pinctrl headers.

Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-05-10 13:22:01 +02:00
Lars Ellenberg 92b4ca291f drbd: grammar fix in log message
Signed-off-by: Philipp Reisner <philipp.reisner@linbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Ellenberg <lars.ellenberg@linbit.com>
2012-05-10 12:00:56 +02:00
Olof Johansson bf98a6eaa9 Merge branch 'for-3.5/dt' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/swarren/linux-tegra into next/dt2
By Stephen Warren (29) and others
via Stephen Warren
* 'for-3.5/dt' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/swarren/linux-tegra: (43 commits)
  ARM: dt: tegra trimslice: add support for audio
  ARM: dt: tegra trimslice: enable SDHCI1 controller
  ARM: dt: tegra trimslice: add RTC I2C device
  ARM: dt: tegra seaboard: add i2c devices
  ARM: dt: tegra seaboard: configure I2C2 pinmux
  ARM: dt: tegra seaboard: fix I2C2 SCL rate
  ARM: dt: tegra: enable als and proximity sensor
  + pinctrl mergebase branch

The pinctrl mergebase branch merge conflicts in drivers/pinctrl/core.c
that were resolved.

Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
2012-05-09 23:51:32 -07:00
Olof Johansson 7488185d07 Merge branch 'for-3.5/gpio-pinmux' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/swarren/linux-tegra into next/pinctrl
By Stephen Warren
via Stephen Warren
* 'for-3.5/gpio-pinmux' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/swarren/linux-tegra:
  pinctrl: tegra: error reporting cleanup
  pinctrl: tegra: debugfs enhancements
  pinctrl: tegra: refactor probe handling
  ARM: dt: tegra20: add pinmux to device tree
  ARM: dt: tegra cardhu: add pinmux to device tree
  ARM: tegra: Remove pre-pinctrl pinmux driver
  ARM: tegra: Switch to new pinctrl driver
  gpio: tegra: Hide tegra_gpio_enable/disable()
  ARM: tegra: seaboard: Don't gpio_request() ISL29018_IRQ
  gpio: tegra: configure pins during irq_set_type
  ARM: tegra: Remove VBUS_GPIO handling from board files
  usb: ehci-tegra: Add vbus_gpio to platform data
2012-05-09 23:43:04 -07:00
Olof Johansson b664ae6ff9 Merge tag 'pinctrl-mergebase-20120418' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-pinctrl into next/pinctrl
By Stephen Warren (12) and others
via Linus Walleij
* tag 'pinctrl-mergebase-20120418' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-pinctrl: (24 commits)
  pinctrl: show pin name for pingroups in sysfs
  pinctrl: show pin name when request pins
  pinctrl: implement devm_pinctrl_get()/put()
  pinctrl: a minor fix of pin config debug information
  pinctrl: pinconf: fix compilation error if PINCONF is not selected
  pinctrl: allow pctldevs to decode pin config in debugfs
  pinctrl: ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_FS cleanup
  pinctrl: mark non-EXPERIMENTAL
  pinctrl: tegra: Add complete device tree support
  dt: Document Tegra20/30 pinctrl binding
  dt: Move Tegra20 pin mux binding into new pinctrl directory
  dt: pinctrl: Document device tree binding
  dt: add property iteration helpers
  pinctrl: implement pinctrl deferred probing
  pinctrl: add some error checking for user interfaces
  pinctrl: fix pinmux_check_ops error checking
  pinctrl: replace list_*() with get_*_count()
  pinctrl: mark const init data with __initconst instead of __initdata
  Documentation: pinctrl: add missing spi0_0 grp in example
  pinctrl: fix build when CONFIG_OF && !CONFIG_PINCTRL
  ...

Resolved conflicts in drivers/pinctrl/core.c due to same patch being
applied in two branches.

Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
2012-05-09 23:42:14 -07:00
David S. Miller ae535ba448 Merge branch 'for-davem' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bwh/sfc-next 2012-05-09 22:51:17 -04:00
Paul Mundt 15f99cbd07 Merge branch 'sh/rsk-updates' into sh-latest
Conflicts:
	arch/sh/Kconfig

Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
2012-05-10 11:51:07 +09:00
Stuart Hodgson 41c3cb6d20 ethtool: Extend the ethtool API to obtain plugin module eeprom data
ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO returns a new struct ethtool_modinfo that will return the
type and size of plug-in module eeprom (such as SFP+) for parsing
by userland program.

ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM returns the raw eeprom information
using the existing ethtool_eeprom structture to return the data

Signed-off-by: Stuart Hodgson <smhodgson@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-05-10 02:22:17 +01:00
Joe Perches a599b0f54d etherdevice.h: Add ether_addr_equal
Add a boolean function to check if 2 ethernet addresses
are the same.

This is to avoid any confusion about compare_ether_addr
returning an unsigned, and not being able to use the
compare_ether_addr function for sorting ala memcmp.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-09 20:49:16 -04:00
Grant Likely 3aa450c063 Linux 3.4-rc6
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPpvY9AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGpEoIAJgbu+Y8gITnBK/wh9O6zy3S
 5jie5KK4YWdbJsvO58WbNr3CyVIwGIqQ2dUZLiU59aBVLarlGw8xor0MmW+cZwhp
 6fBHaf0qDYAV0MZjD+mnnExOiCRyISa2lPmsfu9dAWywh5KGe6/oAP6/qcXIyok3
 KZyl3qQf4ENpaZPHwZPXCEkUvtuyHgNiszN+QXEadA3s19Ot4VGe9A3VGw+GNrSm
 JqFIq3acQAbKa5BYaqf7TQC02v2FI7//eqt6QHxTqbE6a7LGbTvLfX3HlJ2mnfqa
 1R6QHhM4y4OZDHbaMT2raHZ8WuLXzhehJzhP8Co7AHFOKwVKOb5XbcUr2RrukMU=
 =HkMd
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'v3.4-rc6' into spi/next

Linux 3.4-rc6
2012-05-09 18:32:01 -06:00
Chris Boot fc5f80b152 firewire: Move fw_card kref functions into linux/firewire.h
When writing a firewire driver that doesn't deal with struct fw_device
objects (e.g. it only publishes FireWire units and doesn't subscribe to
them), you likely need to keep referenced to struct fw_card objects so
that you can send messages to other nodes. This patch moves
fw_card_put(), fw_card_get() and fw_card_release() into the public
include/linux/firewire.h header instead of drivers/firewire/core.h, and
adds EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(fw_card_release).

The firewire-sbp-target module requires these so it can keep a reference
to the fw_card object in order that it can fetch ORBs to execute and
read/write related data and status information.

Signed-off-by: Chris Boot <bootc@bootc.net>
Acked-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Cc: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-09 15:25:17 -07:00
Chris Boot 253d92371c firewire: Add function to get speed from opaque struct fw_request
Sometimes it's useful to know the FireWire speed of the request that has
just come in to a fw_address_handler callback. As struct fw_request is
opaque we can't peek inside to get the speed out of the struct fw_packet
that's just inside. For example, the SBP-2 spec says:

"The speed at which the block write request to the MANAGEMENT_AGENT
register is received shall determine the speed used by the target for
all subsequent requests to read the initiator’s configuration ROM, fetch
ORB’s from initiator memory or store status at the initiator’s
status_FIFO. Command block ORB’s separately specify the speed for
requests addressed to the data buffer or page table."

[ ANSI T10/1155D Revision 4 page 53/54 ]

Signed-off-by: Chris Boot <bootc@bootc.net>
Acked-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Cc: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-09 15:25:17 -07:00
Chanwoo Choi 6a7e2618b3 misc: MAX8997: Remove max8997-muic driver
This patch remove old max8997-muic drvier because of newly Extcon framework.
Extcon framework manages the external connector, so add extcon-max8997 driver
by using Extcon interface to support MUIC feature of Maxim 8997 PMIC instead
of max8997-muic driver(drivers/misc/max8997-muic.c).

Signed-off-by: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Myungjoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-09 15:15:59 -07:00
Nicholas Bellinger 11e764bd5e target: Remove max_sectors device attribute for modern se_task less code
This patch removes the original usage of dev_attr->max_sectors in favor of
dev_attr->hw_max_sectors that is now being enforced by target core from
within transport_generic_cmd_sequencer() for SCF_SCSI_DATA_SG_IO_CDB ops.

After the recent se_task removal patches from hch, this value for IBLOCK
backends being set via configfs by userspace from an saved max_sectors
value that is turning out to be problematic, so it makes sense to go ahead
and remove this now legacy attribute all-together.

This patch also continues to make se_dev_set_default_attribs() do
(sectors / block_size) alignment for what actually get used by
target_core_mod to be safe here, following the same alignment currently
used by fabric_max_sectors.

Reported-by: Andy Grover <agrover@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-09 15:08:47 -07:00
Paul E. McKenney 21e52e1566 rcu: Make RCU_FAST_NO_HZ handle timer migration
The current RCU_FAST_NO_HZ assumes that timers do not migrate unless a
CPU goes offline, in which case it assumes that the CPU will have to come
out of dyntick-idle mode (cancelling the timer) in order to go offline.
This is important because when RCU_FAST_NO_HZ permits a CPU to enter
dyntick-idle mode despite having RCU callbacks pending, it posts a timer
on that CPU to force a wakeup on that CPU.  This wakeup ensures that the
CPU will eventually handle the end of the grace period, including invoking
its RCU callbacks.

However, Pascal Chapperon's test setup shows that the timer handler
rcu_idle_gp_timer_func() really does get invoked in some cases.  This is
problematic because this can cause the CPU that entered dyntick-idle
mode despite still having RCU callbacks pending to remain in
dyntick-idle mode indefinitely, which means that its RCU callbacks might
never be invoked.  This situation can result in grace-period delays or
even system hangs, which matches Pascal's observations of slow boot-up
and shutdown (https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/5/142).  See also the bugzilla:

	https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=806548

This commit therefore causes the "should never be invoked" timer handler
rcu_idle_gp_timer_func() to use smp_call_function_single() to wake up
the CPU for which the timer was intended, allowing that CPU to invoke
its RCU callbacks in a timely manner.

Reported-by: Pascal Chapperon <pascal.chapperon@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2012-05-09 14:26:56 -07:00
Mircea Gherzan 9624f61552 ARM: OMAP: WiLink platform data for the PandaBoard
The "uim" deamon requires sysfs entries that are filled in using
this platform data.

Signed-off-by: Mircea Gherzan <mgherzan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
2012-05-09 14:19:13 -07:00
Tomas Winkler 4f3afe1d8c mei: export mei.h for the user space
The header exports API for application layer

1. move under include/linux and add to  the export list
2. update include path n the sources
3. update TODO

Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-09 13:58:06 -07:00
Tomas Winkler b544f3fd3a uuid: add uuid.h to exported header list
uuid is used in mei.h interface

Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-09 13:57:30 -07:00
Peter Ujfalusi 5af7df6b83 mfd: Add regulator support for twl6040 VIO, V2V1 supplies
twl6040 has three power supply source:
VBAT needs to be connected to VBAT, VIO, and V2V1.
Add regulator support for the VIO, V2V1 supplies.
Initially handle the two supply together with bulk commands.

Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-09 21:55:45 +02:00
Trond Myklebust 1d1afcbc29 NFS: Clean up - Rename nfs_unlock_request and nfs_unlock_request_dont_release
Function rename to ensure that the functionality of nfs_unlock_request()
mirrors that of nfs_lock_request(). Then let nfs_unlock_and_release_request()
do the work of what used to be called nfs_unlock_request()...

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
2012-05-09 15:17:43 -04:00
Trond Myklebust 7ad84aa944 NFS: Clean up - simplify nfs_lock_request()
We only have two places where we need to grab a reference when trying
to lock the nfs_page. We're better off making that explicit.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
2012-05-09 15:17:34 -04:00
Trond Myklebust 3aff4ebb95 NFS: Prevent a deadlock in the new writeback code
We have to unlock the nfs_page before we call nfs_end_page_writeback
to avoid races with functions that expect the page to be unlocked
when PG_locked and PG_writeback are not set.
The problem is that nfs_unlock_request also releases the nfs_page,
causing a deadlock if the release of the nfs_open_context
triggers an iput() while the PG_writeback flag is still set...

The solution is to separate the unlocking and release of the nfs_page,
so that we can do the former before nfs_end_page_writeback and the
latter after.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
2012-05-09 15:16:07 -04:00
Ingo Molnar c4f400e837 Merge branch 'tip/perf/core' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace into perf/core 2012-05-09 19:34:30 +02:00
Jerome Glisse 133f4cb336 drm/radeon: fix possible lack of synchronization btw ttm and other ring
We need to sync with the GFX ring as ttm might have schedule bo move
on it and new command scheduled for other ring need to wait for bo
data to be in place.

Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed by: Christian König <christian.koenig@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2012-05-09 17:22:12 +01:00
Tony Lindgren 21f787b356 Merge branch 'for-l-o-3.5' of git://gitorious.org/linux-omap-dss2/linux into cleanup-dss 2012-05-09 08:39:20 -07:00
Linus Walleij 1379f49ea9 mfd: Allow for const stmpe keyboard data
Since it's not like we will re-arrange the keys at run-time, it
seems proper to allow the keymap data to be const. This solves
a compilation warning in ux500.

Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-09 17:20:29 +02:00
Aaron Sierra 887c8ec721 watchdog: Convert iTCO_wdt driver to mfd model
This patch converts the iTCO_wdt driver to use the multi-function device
driver model. It uses resources discovered by the lpc_ich driver, so that
it no longer does its own PCI scanning.

Signed-off-by: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-09 17:20:09 +02:00
Johan Hovold 16c5c023aa mfd: Add LM3533 lighting-power core driver
Add support for National Semiconductor / TI LM3533 lighting power chips.

This is the core driver which provides register access over I2C and
registers the ambient-light-sensor, LED and backlight sub-drivers.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-09 17:20:01 +02:00
Kyle McMartin c0a788c451 net: Fix tcp_build_and_update_options comment in struct tcp_sock
Noticed this comment didn't get updated when
tcp_build_and_update_options was refactored.

Signed-off-by: Kyle McMartin <kyle@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-05-09 17:12:59 +02:00
Thomas Abraham 95dcc2cb6c mmc: dw_mmc: make multiple instances of dw_mci_card_workqueue
The variable 'dw_mci_card_workqueue' is a global variable shared between
multiple instances of the dw_mmc host controller. Due to this, data
corruption has been noticed when multiple instances of dw_mmc controllers
are actively reading/writing the media. Fix this by adding a instance
of 'struct workqueue_struct' for each host instance and removing the
global 'dw_mci_card_workqueue' instance.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Abraham <thomas.abraham@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Will Newton <will.newton@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-05-09 10:14:10 -04:00
Seungwon Jeon 96cf5f02ae mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type
Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though
eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be
set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR
capability, then DDR mode can't be selected.

Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-05-09 10:03:21 -04:00
Seth Heasley 1fc9b1eade pci_ids: Add Intel Centerton Legacy Block DeviceID
This patch adds the Integrated Legacy Block DeviceID for the Centerton CPU.  It will be used in the GPIO and Multifunction Devices driver.

Signed-off-by: Seth Heasley <seth.heasley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-09 15:57:01 +02:00
Alessandro Rubini 35bdd29095 mfd: Add driver for STA2X11 MFD block
This also introduces <asm/sta2x11.h> to export a function that is in
the base sta2x11 support patches. The header will increase with other
prototypes and constants over time.

Signed-off-by: Alessandro Rubini <rubini@gnudd.com>
Acked-by: Giancarlo Asnaghi <giancarlo.asnaghi@st.com>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-09 15:34:28 +02:00
Peter Zijlstra cb04ff9ac4 sched, perf: Use a single callback into the scheduler
We can easily use a single callback for both sched-in and sched-out. This
reduces the code footprint in the scheduler path as well as removes
the PMU black spot otherwise present between the out and in callback.

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-o56ajxp1edwqg6x9d31wb805@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2012-05-09 15:23:17 +02:00
Robert Richter fd0d000b2c perf: Pass last sampling period to perf_sample_data_init()
We always need to pass the last sample period to
perf_sample_data_init(), otherwise the event distribution will be
wrong. Thus, modifiyng the function interface with the required period
as argument. So basically a pattern like this:

        perf_sample_data_init(&data, ~0ULL);
        data.period = event->hw.last_period;

will now be like that:

        perf_sample_data_init(&data, ~0ULL, event->hw.last_period);

Avoids unininitialized data.period and simplifies code.

Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <robert.richter@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1333390758-10893-3-git-send-email-robert.richter@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2012-05-09 15:23:12 +02:00
Philipp Reisner dfa8bedbfe drbd: Implemented the disk-timeout option
When the disk-timeout is active, and it expires for a single request,
we consider the local disk as D_FAILED. Note: With this change,
I made both timeout based state transitions HARD state transitions.

Signed-off-by: Philipp Reisner <philipp.reisner@linbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Ellenberg <lars.ellenberg@linbit.com>
2012-05-09 15:10:45 +02:00
Philipp Reisner 02ee8f95fa drbd: Force flag for the detach operation
Signed-off-by: Philipp Reisner <philipp.reisner@linbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Ellenberg <lars.ellenberg@linbit.com>
2012-05-09 15:10:38 +02:00
Peter Zijlstra cb83b629ba sched/numa: Rewrite the CONFIG_NUMA sched domain support
The current code groups up to 16 nodes in a level and then puts an
ALLNODES domain spanning the entire tree on top of that. This doesn't
reflect the numa topology and esp for the smaller not-fully-connected
machines out there today this might make a difference.

Therefore, build a proper numa topology based on node_distance().

Since there's no fixed numa layers anymore, the static SD_NODE_INIT
and SD_ALLNODES_INIT aren't usable anymore, the new code tries to
construct something similar and scales some values either on the
number of cpus in the domain and/or the node_distance() ratio.

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Fenghua Yu <fenghua.yu@intel.com>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Cc: linux-alpha@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-ia64@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-mips@linux-mips.org
Cc: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Cc: linux-sh@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Cc: sparclinux@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: x86@kernel.org
Cc: Dimitri Sivanich <sivanich@sgi.com>
Cc: Greg Pearson <greg.pearson@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: bob.picco@oracle.com
Cc: chris.mason@oracle.com
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-r74n3n8hhuc2ynbrnp3vt954@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2012-05-09 15:00:55 +02:00
Peter Zijlstra 0ce90475dc sched/fair: Add some serialization to the sched_domain load-balance walk
Since the sched_domain walk is completely unserialized (!SD_SERIALIZE)
it is possible that multiple cpus in the group get elected to do the
next level. Avoid this by adding some serialization.

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-vqh9ai6s0ewmeakjz80w4qz6@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2012-05-09 15:00:53 +02:00
Florian Westphal 0197dee7d3 netfilter: hashlimit: byte-based limit mode
can be used e.g. for ingress traffic policing or
to detect when a host/port consumes more bandwidth than expected.

This is done by optionally making cost to mean
"cost per 16-byte-chunk-of-data" instead of "cost per packet".

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-05-09 13:04:57 +02:00
Hans Schillstrom cf308a1fae netfilter: add xt_hmark target for hash-based skb marking
The target allows you to create rules in the "raw" and "mangle" tables
which set the skbuff mark by means of hash calculation within a given
range. The nfmark can influence the routing method (see "Use netfilter
MARK value as routing key") and can also be used by other subsystems to
change their behaviour.

[ Part of this patch has been refactorized and modified by Pablo Neira Ayuso ]

Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-05-09 12:54:05 +02:00
Hans Schillstrom 84018f55ab netfilter: ip6_tables: add flags parameter to ipv6_find_hdr()
This patch adds the flags parameter to ipv6_find_hdr. This flags
allows us to:

* know if this is a fragment.
* stop at the AH header, so the information contained in that header
  can be used for some specific packet handling.

This patch also adds the offset parameter for inspection of one
inner IPv6 header that is contained in error messages.

Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-05-09 12:53:47 +02:00
Olof Johansson d5a2a1ba83 Linux 3.4-rc6
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPpvY9AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGpEoIAJgbu+Y8gITnBK/wh9O6zy3S
 5jie5KK4YWdbJsvO58WbNr3CyVIwGIqQ2dUZLiU59aBVLarlGw8xor0MmW+cZwhp
 6fBHaf0qDYAV0MZjD+mnnExOiCRyISa2lPmsfu9dAWywh5KGe6/oAP6/qcXIyok3
 KZyl3qQf4ENpaZPHwZPXCEkUvtuyHgNiszN+QXEadA3s19Ot4VGe9A3VGw+GNrSm
 JqFIq3acQAbKa5BYaqf7TQC02v2FI7//eqt6QHxTqbE6a7LGbTvLfX3HlJ2mnfqa
 1R6QHhM4y4OZDHbaMT2raHZ8WuLXzhehJzhP8Co7AHFOKwVKOb5XbcUr2RrukMU=
 =HkMd
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'v3.4-rc6' into next/cleanup

Linux 3.4-rc6

Resolve conflict where an u5500 file had a bugfix go in, but was
deleted in the branch staged for next merge window.

Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
2012-05-09 02:31:01 -07:00
NeilBrown 411a2df509 regulator: twl-regulator: make TWL4030_ALLOW_UNSUPPORTED more configurable.
The regulators in the twl4030 can provide some voltage settings
that are not offically supported.
These settings are disabled by default, but can be enabled with
  CONFIG_TWL4030_ALLOW_UNSUPPORTED=y
However
 - that config variable is not mentioned in any Kconfig so cannot
   be used, and
 - a global setting is clumsy - a per regulator setting would be
   better.

So define a new 'feature' flag that a board file can set to enable
these unsupported volatages for boards which need them.

This flag cannot (yet) be set using device-tree.

Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-05-09 10:04:33 +01:00
NeilBrown c30540d78e mfd: twl: define all feature flags in one place.
twl-regulator has a collection of feature flags, some defined
in twl-core.c and  one defined in i2c/twl.h.
This is confusing for anyone adding a new feature flag.

So collect them together and place them in twl.h immediately
after the structure in which they are initially set.

Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-05-09 10:04:23 +01:00
Lars Ellenberg 071cf1c9a7 drbd: allow ping-timeout of up to 30 seconds
Allow up to 300 centi-seconds to be configured for the "ping timeout".
There may be setups where heavy congestion, huge buffers, and asymmetric
bandwidth limitations may need a "huge" ping-timeout as work-around
for "spurious connection loss" problems.

Signed-off-by: Philipp Reisner <philipp.reisner@linbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Ellenberg <lars.ellenberg@linbit.com>
2012-05-09 10:03:53 +02:00
Lars Ellenberg 7948bcdc38 drbd: spelling fix: too small
It is not "to small", but "too small".

Signed-off-by: Philipp Reisner <philipp.reisner@linbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Ellenberg <lars.ellenberg@linbit.com>
2012-05-09 10:02:22 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen e4a9e94cc5 OMAPDSS: DSI: implement generic DSI pin config
In preparation for device tree, this patch changes how the DSI pins are
configured. The current configuration method is only doable with board
files and the configuration data is OMAP specific.

This patch moves the configuration data to the panel's platform data,
and the data can easily be given via DT in the future. The configuration
data format is also changed to a generic one which should be suitable
for all platforms.

The new format is an array of pin numbers, where the array items start
from clock + and -, then data1 + and -, and so on. For example:

{
	0,	// pin num for clock lane +
	1,	// pin num for clock lane -
	2,	// pin num for data1 lane +
	3,	// pin num for data1 lane -
	...
}

The pin numbers are translated by the DSI driver and used to configure
the hardware appropriately.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
2012-05-09 10:53:05 +03:00
Tomi Valkeinen dac8eb5f1d OMAPDSS: TFP410: rename dvi files to tfp410
Now that the tfp410 driver has been renamed in the code, this patch
finishes the renaming by renaming the files.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
2012-05-09 10:51:05 +03:00
Tomi Valkeinen 2e6f2ee7ac OMAPDSS: TFP410: rename dvi -> tfp410
The driver for the TFP410 DPI-to-DVI chip was named quite badly as "DVI
panel driver". This patch renames the code to use tfp410 name for the
driver.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
2012-05-09 10:51:05 +03:00
Tomi Valkeinen e813a55eb9 OMAP: board-files: remove custom PD GPIO handling for DVI output
Now that the panel-dvi driver handles the PD (power-down) GPIO, we can
remove the custom PD handling from the board files.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
2012-05-09 10:51:04 +03:00
Tomi Valkeinen 2da35193dc OMAPDSS: panel-dvi: add PD gpio handling
The driver for the TFP410 chip should handle the power-down signal of
the chip, instead of the current way of handling it in the board files.

This patch adds power_down_gpio into the device's platform data, and
adds the necessary code in the driver to request and handle the GPIO.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2012-05-09 10:51:04 +03:00
Mat Martineau 94122bbe9c Bluetooth: Refactor L2CAP ERTM and streaming transmit segmentation
Use more common code for ERTM and streaming mode segmentation and
transmission, and begin using skb control block data for delaying
extended or enhanced header generation until just before the packet is
transmitted.  This code is also better suited for resegmentation,
which is needed when L2CAP links are reconfigured after an AMP channel
move.

Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:53 -03:00
Marcel Holtmann 9d42820f37 Bluetooth: Enable Low Energy support by default
The Bluetooth Low Energy support so far was disabled by default via
a module parameter. With this change the module parameter will be removed
and Low Energy is enabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:52 -03:00
Syam Sidhardhan 2ee8ce35b1 Bluetooth: Remove unused hci_le_ltk_neg_reply()
No one is using hci_le_ltk_neg_reply() in bluetooth subsystem.

Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:51 -03:00
Syam Sidhardhan e10b9969f2 Bluetooth: Remove unused hci_le_ltk_reply()
In this API, we were using sizeof operator for an array
given as function argument, which is invalid.
However this API is not used anywhere.

Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:50 -03:00
Mat Martineau 3ce3514f5d Bluetooth: Remove duplicate structure members from bt_skb_cb
These values are now in the nested l2cap_ctrl struct.

Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:47 -03:00
Mat Martineau 5a364bd399 Bluetooth: Improve ERTM sequence number offset calculation
Instead of using modular division, the offset can be calculated using
only addition and subtraction.  The previous calculation did not work
as intended and was more difficult to understand, involving unsigned
integer underflow and a check for a negative value where one was not
possible.

Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:46 -03:00
Andre Guedes 479453d5fe Bluetooth: Remove advertising cache
User-space pass the remote device address type to kernel through
struct sockaddr_l2 what makes the advertising useless. This patch
removes all advertising cache code.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:46 -03:00
Andre Guedes 8e9f98921c Bluetooth: Use address type info from user-space
In order to establish a LE connection we need the address type
information. User-space already pass this information to kernel
through struct sockaddr_l2.

This patch adds the dst_type parameter to l2cap_chan_connect so we
are able to pass the address type info from user-space down to
hci_conn layer.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:45 -03:00
Andre Guedes b12f62cfd9 Bluetooth: Add dst_type parameter to hci_connect
This patch adds the dst_type parameter to hci_connect function.
Instead of searching the address type in advertising cache, we
use the dst_type parameter to establish LE connections.

The dst_type is ignored for BR/EDR connection establishment.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:45 -03:00
Andre Guedes 31f7956c66 Bluetooth: Move bdaddr_to_le to hci_core
This patch moves the helper function bdaddr_to_le to hci_core, so it
can be used in mgmt.c and hci_conn.c.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:44 -03:00
Andre Guedes 43ef0b8b8d Bluetooth: Add address type to struct sockaddr_l2
This patch adds the address type info to struct sockaddr_l2 so
user-space can inform the remote device address type required
to establish LE connections.

Soon, instead of looking the advertising cache up to discover the
address type, we'll use this address type info to establish LE
connections.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:43 -03:00
Andre Guedes 591f47f31b Bluetooth: Move address type macros to bluetooth.h
This patch moves address type macros to bluetooth.h since they will be
used by management interface and Bluetooth socket interface. It also
replaces the macro prefix MGMT_ADDR_ by BDADDR_.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:42 -03:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 2bbf2968e5 Bluetooth: trivial: Remove empty line
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:42 -03:00
Syam Sidhardhan e47872209d Bluetooth: Remove strtoba header declared but not defined
No one is using strtoba() in the bluetooth subsystem.

Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:34 -03:00
Syam Sidhardhan 270ca16bc7 Bluetooth: remove header declared but not defined
hci_del_off_timer() doesn't exist anymore.

Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:34 -03:00
Mat Martineau 3c588192b5 Bluetooth: Add the l2cap_seq_list structure for tracking frames
A sequence list is a data structure used to track frames that need to
be retransmitted, and frames that have been requested for
retransmission by the remote device.  It can compactly represent a
list of sequence numbers within the ERTM transmit window.  Memory for
the list is allocated once at connection time, and common operations
in ERTM are O(1).

Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-05-09 01:40:30 -03:00
Gustavo Padovan 9033894722 Bluetooth: Remove err parameter from alloc_skb()
Use ERR_PTR maginc instead.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-05-09 01:40:26 -03:00
Andrei Emeltchenko bd4b165312 Bluetooth: Adds set_default function in L2CAP setup
Some parameters in L2CAP chan are set to default similar way in
socket based channels and A2MP channels. Adds common function which
sets all defaults.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 00:41:39 -03:00
Andre Guedes 0ed09148fa Bluetooth: Remove MGMT_ADDR_INVALID macro
This patch removes the MGMT_ADDR_INVALID macro. If the address type
isn't LE, we consider it is BR/EDR type.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-05-09 00:41:37 -03:00
Gustavo Padovan eef1d9b668 Bluetooth: Remove sk parameter from l2cap_chan_create()
Following the separation if core and sock code this change avoid
manipulation of sk inside l2cap_chan_create().

Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 00:41:36 -03:00
Mat Martineau 00e3112c5a Bluetooth: Add a structure to carry ERTM data in skb control blocks
Every field from ERTM control headers is now carried in the control
block so it only has to be parsed or generated once, and can be
efficiently accessed throughout the ERTM code.

Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 00:41:35 -03:00
Mat Martineau d5f7ac3810 Bluetooth: Add definitions and struct members for new ERTM state machine
Adds some missing values for control field parsing, additional data
for the new state machine, and enumerations for states, incoming
packet classification, and state machine events.

Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 00:41:35 -03:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 6f74b6f36f Bluetooth: Comments and style fixes
Add comments to timer implementation and style fixes.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 00:41:35 -03:00
Andre Guedes 21693c15c0 Bluetooth: Add HCI_PERIODIC_INQ to dev_flags
This patch adds the HCI_PERIODIC_INQ flag to dev_flags. This flag
tracks if periodic inquiry is enabled or not.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 00:41:35 -03:00
Andre Guedes 79d6e068be Bluetooth: Add Periodic Inquiry command complete handler
This patch adds a handler function to Periodic Inquiry command
complete event.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
2012-05-09 00:41:35 -03:00
Andre Guedes 7dbfac1d72 Bluetooth: Add hci_cancel_le_scan() to hci_core
This patch adds to hci_core the hci_cancel_le_scan function which
should be used to cancel an ongoing LE scan.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-05-09 00:41:32 -03:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 58115373e7 Bluetooth: Correct ediv in SMP
ediv is already in little endian order.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-05-09 00:41:30 -03:00
Marcel Holtmann cdbaccca73 Bluetooth: Add management command for setting Device ID
The Device ID details need to be programmed into the kernel for every
controller at least once. So provide management command for this.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-05-09 00:41:30 -03:00
Marcel Holtmann 2b9be137b7 Bluetooth: Handle EIR tags for Device ID
The Device ID information can be provided via Extended Inquiry Data
as well. If a valid source is present, then include it.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-05-09 00:41:30 -03:00
Marcel Holtmann 91c4e9b1ac Bluetooth: Add TX power tag to EIR data
The Inquiry Response TX power tag should be added to the Extended
Inquiry Data (EIR) as well.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-05-09 00:41:30 -03:00
David Herrmann 6935e0f518 Bluetooth: Remove redundant hdev->parent field
We initialize the "struct device" in hci_alloc_dev() for a long time now
so we can access hdev->dev.parent directly. Hence, we can drop the
temporary field hdev->parent which is used in no other place than
hci_add_sysfs().

SET_HCIDEV_DEV() is never called after registering a device by the
drivers so we do not overwrite internal device-state. Furthermore,
hdev->dev is initialized to 0 by kzalloc() inside hci_alloc_dev() so the
default behavior with dev.parent = NULL is kept.

Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-05-09 00:41:30 -03:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 9a00665792 Bluetooth: Correct type for ediv to __le16
Correct type warnings reported by sparse to show that this
functions takes ediv argument in __le16 format.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-05-09 00:41:29 -03:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 7d69230c43 Bluetooth: Correct type for hdev lmp_subver
Keep lmp_subver in host byte order. We have following conversion
in hci_cc_read_local_version:
hdev->lmp_subver = __le16_to_cpu(rp->lmp_subver);

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-05-09 00:41:28 -03:00
Ashok Nagarajan 70c33eaae7 {nl,cfg,mac}80211: Allow user to see/configure HT protection mode
This patch introduces a new mesh configuration parameter "ht_opmode" and will
allow user to check the current HT protection mode selected. Users could
configure the protection mode by the command "iw mesh_iface set mesh_param
mesh_ht_protection_mode=2". The default protection mode of mesh is set to
non-HT mixed mode.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-08 21:53:59 -04:00
Ben Greear e352114fd6 mac80211: Framework to get wifi-driver stats via ethtool.
This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional
stats for the ethtool API.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-08 21:53:51 -04:00
Ben Greear d61992182e cfg80211: Add framework to support ethtool stats.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-08 21:53:49 -04:00
Andrew Lunn 452503ebc7 ARM: Orion: Eth: Add clk/clkdev support.
The t_clk is moved from the shared part of the ethernet driver into
the per port section. Each port can have its own gated clock, which it
needs to enable/disable, as oppossed to there being one clock shared
by all ports. In practice, only kirkwood supports this at the moment.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Jamie Lentin <jm@lentin.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
2012-05-08 16:33:56 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 4574b88669 ARM: Orion: SPI: Add clk/clkdev support.
Remove now redundant tclk from SPI platform data. This makes the platform
data empty, so remove it.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Jamie Lentin <jm@lentin.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
2012-05-08 16:33:55 -07:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman 68e2411345 USB: serial: rework usb_serial_register/deregister_drivers()
This reworks the usb_serial_register_drivers() and
usb_serial_deregister_drivers() to not need a pointer to a struct
usb_driver anymore.  The usb_driver structure is now created dynamically
and registered and unregistered as needed.

This saves lines of code in each usb-serial driver.  All in-kernel users
of these functions were also fixed up at this time.  The pl2303 driver
was tested that everything worked properly.

Thanks for the idea to do this from Alan Stern.

Cc: Adhir Ramjiawan <adhirramjiawan0@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Cc: Al Borchers <alborchers@steinerpoint.com>
Cc: Aleksey Babahin <tamerlan311@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andrew Worsley <amworsley@gmail.com>
Cc: Bart Hartgers <bart.hartgers@gmail.com>
Cc: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: Donald Lee <donald@asix.com.tw>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Cc: Gary Brubaker <xavyer@ix.netcom.com>
Cc: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Cc: Kautuk Consul <consul.kautuk@gmail.com>
Cc: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Cc: Lonnie Mendez <dignome@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthias Bruestle and Harald Welte <support@reiner-sct.com>
Cc: Matthias Urlichs <smurf@smurf.noris.de>
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Cc: Michal Sroczynski <msroczyn@gmail.com>
Cc: "Michał Wróbel" <michal.wrobel@flytronic.pl>
Cc: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.name>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: Peter Berger <pberger@brimson.com>
Cc: Preston Fick <preston.fick@silabs.com>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@sisk.pl>
Cc: Rigbert Hamisch <rigbert@gmx.de>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Simon Arlott <simon@fire.lp0.eu>
Cc: Support Department <support@connecttech.com>
Cc: Thomas Tuttle <ttuttle@chromium.org>
Cc: Uwe Bonnes <bon@elektron.ikp.physik.tu-darmstadt.de>
Cc: Wang YanQing <Udknight@gmail.com>
Cc: William Greathouse <wgreathouse@smva.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-08 15:46:14 -07:00
Sascha Hauer f0948f59db clk: add a fixed factor clock
Having fixed factors/dividers in hardware is a common pattern, so
add a basic clock type doing this. It basically describes a fixed
factor clock using a nominator and a denominator.

Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Tested-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
[mturquette@linaro.org: constify parent_names in static init macro]
[mturquette@linaro.org: copy/paste bug from mux in static init macro]
[mturquette@linaro.org: fix error handling in clk_register_fixed_factor]
[mturquette@linaro.org: improve division accuracy; thanks to Saravana]
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
2012-05-08 14:13:25 -07:00
Shlomo Pongratz b3416f4476 mlx4_core: Add second capabilities flags field
This patch adds a 64-bit flags2 features member to struct mlx4_dev to
export further features of the hardware.  The original flags field
tracks features whose support bits are advertised by the firmware in
offsets 0x40 and 0x44 of the query device capabilities command.
flags2 will track features whose support bits are scattered at various
offsets.

RSS support is the first feature to be exported through flags2.  RSS
capabilities are located at offset 0x2e.  The size of the RSS
indirection table is also given in this offset.

Signed-off-by: Shlomo Pongratz <shlomop@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
2012-05-08 11:54:32 -07:00
Oren Duer c0c1d3d761 IB/mlx4: Put priority bits in WQE of IBoE MLX QP
Otherwise CM packets going over MLX QP1 get fixed scheduling priority 0.
We want CM packets to get the same scheduling priority, and therefore
map to the same SQ (Schedule Queue) and eventually TC (Traffic Class),
as the application requested for the actual QP used for the connection.

Signed-off-by: Oren Duer <oren@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
2012-05-08 11:48:09 -07:00
David S. Miller 9bb862beb6 Merge branch 'master' of git://1984.lsi.us.es/net-next 2012-05-08 14:40:21 -04:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso d16cf20e2f netfilter: remove ip_queue support
This patch removes ip_queue support which was marked as obsolete
years ago. The nfnetlink_queue modules provides more advanced
user-space packet queueing mechanism.

This patch also removes capability code included in SELinux that
refers to ip_queue. Otherwise, we break compilation.

Several warning has been sent regarding this to the mailing list
in the past month without anyone rising the hand to stop this
with some strong argument.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-05-08 20:25:42 +02:00
Or Gerlitz c938a616aa IB/core: Add raw packet QP type
IB_QPT_RAW_PACKET allows applications to build a complete packet,
including L2 headers, when sending; on the receive side, the HW will
not strip any headers.

This QP type is designed for userspace direct access to Ethernet; for
example by applications that do TCP/IP themselves.  Only processes
with the NET_RAW capability are allowed to create raw packet QPs (the
name "raw packet QP" is supposed to suggest an analogy to AF_PACKET /
SOL_RAW sockets).

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
2012-05-08 11:18:09 -07:00
Or Gerlitz c3bccbfbb7 IB/core: Use qp->usecnt to track multicast attach/detach
Just as we don't allow PDs, CQs, etc. to be destroyed if there are QPs
that are attached to them, don't let a QP be destroyed if there are
multicast group(s) attached to it.  Use the existing usecnt field of
struct ib_qp which was added by commit 0e0ec7e ("RDMA/core: Export
ib_open_qp() to share XRC TGT QPs") to track this.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
2012-05-08 11:16:54 -07:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 6714cf5465 netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix explicit helper attachment and NAT
Explicit helper attachment via the CT target is broken with NAT
if non-standard ports are used. This problem was hidden behind
the automatic helper assignment routine. Thus, it becomes more
noticeable now that we can disable the automatic helper assignment
with Eric Leblond's:

9e8ac5a netfilter: nf_ct_helper: allow to disable automatic helper assignment

Basically, nf_conntrack_alter_reply asks for looking up the helper
up if NAT is enabled. Unfortunately, we don't have the conntrack
template at that point anymore.

Since we don't want to rely on the automatic helper assignment,
we can skip the second look-up and stick to the helper that was
attached by iptables. With the CT target, the user is in full
control of helper attachment, thus, the policy is to trust what
the user explicitly configures via iptables (no automatic magic
anymore).

Interestingly, this bug was hidden by the automatic helper look-up
code. But it can be easily trigger if you attach the helper in
a non-standard port, eg.

iptables -I PREROUTING -t raw -p tcp --dport 8888 \
	-j CT --helper ftp

And you disabled the automatic helper assignment.

I added the IPS_HELPER_BIT that allows us to differenciate between
a helper that has been explicitly attached and those that have been
automatically assigned. I didn't come up with a better solution
(having backward compatibility in mind).

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-05-08 19:44:42 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso f73181c828 ipvs: add support for sync threads
Allow master and backup servers to use many threads
for sync traffic. Add sysctl var "sync_ports" to define the
number of threads. Every thread will use single UDP port,
thread 0 will use the default port 8848 while last thread
will use port 8848+sync_ports-1.

	The sync traffic for connections is scheduled to many
master threads based on the cp address but one connection is
always assigned to same thread to avoid reordering of the
sync messages.

	Remove ip_vs_sync_switch_mode because this check
for sync mode change is still risky. Instead, check for mode
change under sync_buff_lock.

	Make sure the backup socks do not block on reading.

Special thanks to Aleksey Chudov for helping in all tests.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2012-05-08 19:40:33 +02:00
Julian Anastasov 749c42b620 ipvs: reduce sync rate with time thresholds
Add two new sysctl vars to control the sync rate with the
main idea to reduce the rate for connection templates because
currently it depends on the packet rate for controlled connections.
This mechanism should be useful also for normal connections
with high traffic.

sync_refresh_period: in seconds, difference in reported connection
	timer that triggers new sync message. It can be used to
	avoid sync messages for the specified period (or half of
	the connection timeout if it is lower) if connection state
	is not changed from last sync.

sync_retries: integer, 0..3, defines sync retries with period of
	sync_refresh_period/8. Useful to protect against loss of
	sync messages.

	Allow sysctl_sync_threshold to be used with
sysctl_sync_period=0, so that only single sync message is sent
if sync_refresh_period is also 0.

	Add new field "sync_endtime" in connection structure to
hold the reported time when connection expires. The 2 lowest
bits will represent the retry count.

	As the sysctl_sync_period now can be 0 use ACCESS_ONCE to
avoid division by zero.

	Special thanks to Aleksey Chudov for being patient with me,
for his extensive reports and helping in all tests.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2012-05-08 19:40:10 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 1c003b1580 ipvs: wakeup master thread
High rate of sync messages in master can lead to
overflowing the socket buffer and dropping the messages.
Fixed sleep of 1 second without wakeup events is not suitable
for loaded masters,

	Use delayed_work to schedule sending for queued messages
and limit the delay to IPVS_SYNC_SEND_DELAY (20ms). This will
reduce the rate of wakeups but to avoid sending long bursts we
wakeup the master thread after IPVS_SYNC_WAKEUP_RATE (8) messages.

	Add hard limit for the queued messages before sending
by using "sync_qlen_max" sysctl var. It defaults to 1/32 of
the memory pages but actually represents number of messages.
It will protect us from allocating large parts of memory
when the sending rate is lower than the queuing rate.

	As suggested by Pablo, add new sysctl var
"sync_sock_size" to configure the SNDBUF (master) or
RCVBUF (slave) socket limit. Default value is 0 (preserve
system defaults).

	Change the master thread to detect and block on
SNDBUF overflow, so that we do not drop messages when
the socket limit is low but the sync_qlen_max limit is
not reached. On ENOBUFS or other errors just drop the
messages.

	Change master thread to enter TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE
state early, so that we do not miss wakeups due to messages or
kthread_should_stop event.

Thanks to Pablo Neira Ayuso for his valuable feedback!

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2012-05-08 19:39:53 +02:00
Julian Anastasov cdcc5e905d ipvs: always update some of the flags bits in backup
As the goal is to mirror the inactconns/activeconns
counters in the backup server, make sure the cp->flags are
updated even if cp is still not bound to dest. If cp->flags
are not updated ip_vs_bind_dest will rely only on the initial
flags when updating the counters. To avoid mistakes and
complicated checks for protocol state rely only on the
IP_VS_CONN_F_INACTIVE bit when updating the counters.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2012-05-08 19:38:31 +02:00
Eric Dumazet ac3a546ac8 netfilter: nf_conntrack: use this_cpu_inc()
this_cpu_inc() is IRQ safe and faster than
local_bh_disable()/__this_cpu_inc()/local_bh_enable(), at least on x86.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-05-08 19:36:33 +02:00
Grant Likely 7b96c68622 Linux 3.4-rc6
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPpvY9AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGpEoIAJgbu+Y8gITnBK/wh9O6zy3S
 5jie5KK4YWdbJsvO58WbNr3CyVIwGIqQ2dUZLiU59aBVLarlGw8xor0MmW+cZwhp
 6fBHaf0qDYAV0MZjD+mnnExOiCRyISa2lPmsfu9dAWywh5KGe6/oAP6/qcXIyok3
 KZyl3qQf4ENpaZPHwZPXCEkUvtuyHgNiszN+QXEadA3s19Ot4VGe9A3VGw+GNrSm
 JqFIq3acQAbKa5BYaqf7TQC02v2FI7//eqt6QHxTqbE6a7LGbTvLfX3HlJ2mnfqa
 1R6QHhM4y4OZDHbaMT2raHZ8WuLXzhehJzhP8Co7AHFOKwVKOb5XbcUr2RrukMU=
 =HkMd
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'v3.4-rc6' into gpio/next

Linux 3.4-rc6
2012-05-08 11:35:37 -06:00
Eric Leblond a900689264 netfilter: nf_ct_helper: allow to disable automatic helper assignment
This patch allows you to disable automatic conntrack helper
lookup based on TCP/UDP ports, eg.

echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper

[ Note: flows that already got a helper will keep using it even
  if automatic helper assignment has been disabled ]

Once this behaviour has been disabled, you have to explicitly
use the iptables CT target to attach helper to flows.

There are good reasons to stop supporting automatic helper
assignment, for further information, please read:

http://www.netfilter.org/news.html#2012-04-03

This patch also adds one message to inform that automatic helper
assignment is deprecated and it will be removed soon (this is
spotted only once, with the first flow that gets a helper attached
to make it as less annoying as possible).

Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-05-08 19:35:18 +02:00
Mark Brown 72b39f6f2b regmap: Implement dev_get_regmap()
Use devres to implement dev_get_regmap(). This should mean that in almost
all cases devices wishing to take advantage of framework features based on
regmap shouldn't need to explicitly pass the regmap into the framework.
This simplifies device setup a bit.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-05-08 18:19:15 +01:00
Joe Perches b44907e64c etherdev.h: Convert int is_<foo>_ether_addr to bool
Make the return value explicitly true or false.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 13:06:16 -04:00
Jingoo Han 982cfa2f0e video: exynos_dp: fix max loop count in EQ sequence of link training
This patch fixes max loop count in EQ(Channel Equalization) sequence
of link training. According to DP(displayport) specification,
the max loop count in this sequence should be 5.

Signed-off-by: Jingoo Han <jg1.han@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
2012-05-08 17:00:53 +00:00
Minho Ban b02ee9a33b tracing: Prevent wasting time evaluating parameters in trace_preempt_on/off
This fixes spending time for evaluating parameters in trace_preempt_on/off when
the tracer config is off.

The patch mainly inspired by Steven Rostedt, thanks Steven.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/4FA73510.7070705@samsung.com

Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Paul Turner <pjt@google.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: Minho Ban <mhban@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2012-05-08 09:33:52 -04:00
Thomas Gleixner 67ba5293f7 Merge branch 'smp/threadalloc' into smp/hotplug
Reason: Pull in the separate branch which was created so arch/tile can
base further work on it.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
2012-05-08 14:07:48 +02:00
Thomas Gleixner 2889f60814 fork: Move thread info gfp flags to header
These flags can be useful for extra allocations outside of the core
code.

Add __GFP_NOTRACK to them, so the archs which have kmemcheck do
not have to provide extra allocators just for that reason.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120505150141.428211694@linutronix.de
2012-05-08 13:55:20 +02:00
Thomas Gleixner f37f435f33 smp: Implement kick_all_cpus_sync()
Will replace the misnomed cpu_idle_wait() function which is copied a
gazillion times all over arch/*

Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120507175652.049316594@linutronix.de
2012-05-08 12:35:06 +02:00
Joonyoung Shim 7ecd34e82c drm/exynos: cleanup for hdmi platform data
The exynos_drm_hdmi_pdata struct have owned unnessary members. Remove
them and add a function pointer to configure hdmi hotplug detection pin.

Signed-off-by: Joonyoung Shim <jy0922.shim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
2012-05-08 18:46:32 +09:00
Inki Dae 40cd7e0c02 drm/exynos: added a feature to get gem buffer information.
this patch adds a feature to get a gem buffer information and user application
can get the gem buffer information simply in runtime through gem handle.

Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
2012-05-08 18:46:32 +09:00
Inki Dae c01d73faad drm/exynos: added cache attribute support for gem.
with this patch, user application can set cache attribute(such as
cachable, writecombime or non-cachable) of the memory region allocated
by gem framework.

Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
2012-05-08 18:46:32 +09:00
David S. Miller 0d6c4a2e46 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/param.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn-rx.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans-pcie-rx.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans.h

Resolved the iwlwifi conflict with mainline using 3-way diff posted
by John Linville and Stephen Rothwell.  In 'net' we added a bug
fix to make iwlwifi report a more accurate skb->truesize but this
conflicted with RX path changes that happened meanwhile in net-next.

In e1000e a conflict arose in the validation code for settings of
adapter->itr.  'net-next' had more sophisticated logic so that
logic was used.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-07 23:35:40 -04:00
David Daney 0ca2997d14 netdev/of/phy: Add MDIO bus multiplexer support.
This patch adds a somewhat generic framework for MDIO bus
multiplexers.  It is modeled on the I2C multiplexer.

The multiplexer is needed if there are multiple PHYs with the same
address connected to the same MDIO bus adepter, or if there is
insufficient electrical drive capability for all the connected PHY
devices.

Conceptually it could look something like this:

                   ------------------
                   | Control Signal |
                   --------+---------
                           |
 ---------------   --------+------
 | MDIO MASTER |---| Multiplexer |
 ---------------   --+-------+----
                     |       |
                     C       C
                     h       h
                     i       i
                     l       l
                     d       d
                     |       |
     ---------       A       B   ---------
     |       |       |       |   |       |
     | PHY@1 +-------+       +---+ PHY@1 |
     |       |       |       |   |       |
     ---------       |       |   ---------
     ---------       |       |   ---------
     |       |       |       |   |       |
     | PHY@2 +-------+       +---+ PHY@2 |
     |       |                   |       |
     ---------                   ---------

This framework configures the bus topology from device tree data.  The
mechanics of switching the multiplexer is left to device specific
drivers.

The follow-on patch contains a multiplexer driven by GPIO lines.

Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-07 22:58:09 -04:00
David Daney 2510602200 netdev/of/phy: New function: of_mdio_find_bus().
Add of_mdio_find_bus() which allows an mii_bus to be located given its
associated the device tree node.

This is needed by the follow-on patch to add a driver for MDIO bus
multiplexers.

The of_mdiobus_register() function is modified so that the device tree
node is recorded in the mii_bus.  Then we can find it again by
iterating over all mdio_bus_class devices.

Because the OF device tree has now become an integral part of the
kernel, this can live in mdio_bus.c (which contains the needed
mdio_bus_class structure) instead of of_mdio.c.

Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-07 22:58:09 -04:00
Kay Sievers e11fea92e1 kmsg: export printk records to the /dev/kmsg interface
Support for multiple concurrent readers of /dev/kmsg, with read(),
seek(), poll() support. Output of message sequence numbers, to allow
userspace log consumers to reliably reconnect and reconstruct their
state at any given time. After open("/dev/kmsg"), read() always
returns *all* buffered records. If only future messages should be
read, SEEK_END can be used. In case records get overwritten while
/dev/kmsg is held open, or records get faster overwritten than they
are read, the next read() will return -EPIPE and the current reading
position gets updated to the next available record. The passed
sequence numbers allow the log consumer to calculate the amount of
lost messages.

  [root@mop ~]# cat /dev/kmsg
  5,0,0;Linux version 3.4.0-rc1+ (kay@mop) (gcc version 4.7.0 20120315 ...
  6,159,423091;ACPI: PCI Root Bridge [PCI0] (domain 0000 [bus 00-ff])
  7,160,424069;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io  0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
   SUBSYSTEM=acpi
   DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
  6,339,5140900;NET: Registered protocol family 10
  30,340,5690716;udevd[80]: starting version 181
  6,341,6081421;FDC 0 is a S82078B
  6,345,6154686;microcode: CPU0 sig=0x623, pf=0x0, revision=0x0
  7,346,6156968;sr 1:0:0:0: Attached scsi CD-ROM sr0
   SUBSYSTEM=scsi
   DEVICE=+scsi:1:0:0:0
  6,347,6289375;microcode: CPU1 sig=0x623, pf=0x0, revision=0x0

Cc: Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
Tested-by: William Douglas <william.douglas@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-07 17:03:27 -07:00
Kay Sievers 7ff9554bb5 printk: convert byte-buffer to variable-length record buffer
- Record-based stream instead of the traditional byte stream
  buffer. All records carry a 64 bit timestamp, the syslog facility
  and priority in the record header.

- Records consume almost the same amount, sometimes less memory than
  the traditional byte stream buffer (if printk_time is enabled). The record
  header is 16 bytes long, plus some padding bytes at the end if needed.
  The byte-stream buffer needed 3 chars for the syslog prefix, 15 char for
  the timestamp and a newline.

- Buffer management is based on message sequence numbers. When records
  need to be discarded, the reading heads move on to the next full
  record. Unlike the byte-stream buffer, no old logged lines get
  truncated or partly overwritten by new ones. Sequence numbers also
  allow consumers of the log stream to get notified if any message in
  the stream they are about to read gets discarded during the time
  of reading.

- Better buffered IO support for KERN_CONT continuation lines, when printk()
  is called multiple times for a single line. The use of KERN_CONT is now
  mandatory to use continuation; a few places in the kernel need trivial fixes
  here. The buffering could possibly be extended to per-cpu variables to allow
  better thread-safety for multiple printk() invocations for a single line.

- Full-featured syslog facility value support. Different facilities
  can tag their messages. All userspace-injected messages enforce a
  facility value > 0 now, to be able to reliably distinguish them from
  the kernel-generated messages. Independent subsystems like a
  baseband processor running its own firmware, or a kernel-related
  userspace process can use their own unique facility values. Multiple
  independent log streams can co-exist that way in the same
  buffer. All share the same global sequence number counter to ensure
  proper ordering (and interleaving) and to allow the consumers of the
  log to reliably correlate the events from different facilities.

Tested-by: William Douglas <william.douglas@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-07 16:53:02 -07:00
Johannes Berg 1c430a727f net: compare_ether_addr[_64bits]() has no ordering
Neither compare_ether_addr() nor compare_ether_addr_64bits()
(as it can fall back to the former) have comparison semantics
like memcmp() where the sign of the return value indicates sort
order. We had a bug in the wireless code due to a blind memcmp
replacement because of this.

A cursory look suggests that the wireless bug was the only one
due to this semantic difference.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-07 19:21:29 -04:00
Sage Weil f671d4cd9b crush: fix tree node weight lookup
Fix the node weight lookup for tree buckets by using a correct accessor.

Reflects ceph.git commit d287ade5bcbdca82a3aef145b92924cf1e856733.

Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
2012-05-07 15:39:35 -07:00
Sage Weil fc7c3ae5ab crush: remove parent maps
These were used for the ill-fated forcefeed feature.  Remove them.

Reflects ceph.git commit ebdf80edfecfbd5a842b71fbe5732857994380c1.

Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
2012-05-07 15:39:34 -07:00
Sage Weil 41ebcc0907 crush: remove forcefeed functionality
Remove forcefeed functionality from CRUSH.  This is an ugly misfeature that
is mostly useless and unused.  Remove it.

Reflects ceph.git commit ed974b5000f2851207d860a651809af4a1867942.

Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>

Conflicts:

	net/ceph/crush/mapper.c
2012-05-07 15:39:29 -07:00
Sage Weil 8b12d47b80 crush: clean up types, const-ness
Move various types from int -> __u32 (or similar), and add const as
appropriate.

This reflects changes that have been present in the userland implementation
for some time.

Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
2012-05-07 15:38:35 -07:00
Sage Weil 3469ac1aa3 ceph: drop support for preferred_osd pgs
This was an ill-conceived feature that has been removed from Ceph.  Do
this gracefully:

 - reject attempts to specify a preferred_osd via the ioctl
 - stop exposing this information via virtual xattrs
 - always fill in -1 for requests, in case we talk to an older server
 - don't calculate preferred_osd placements/pgids

Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
2012-05-07 15:33:36 -07:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman 2edd284bd7 USB: serial: remove bizarre generic_serial probe function
I can't remember why I wrote it like this many many years ago, but it's
not needed at all, let's rely on the usb-serial core for this function,
especially as it is being overridden by it anyway.

This lets us make usb_serial_probe() a static function, which it should
be.

Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-07 14:46:48 -07:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman 32078f915d USB: serial: remove usb_serial_disconnect call in all drivers
This is now set by the usb-serial core, no need for the driver to
individually set it.

Thanks to Alan Stern for the idea to get rid of it.

Cc: William Greathouse <wgreathouse@smva.com>
Cc: Matthias Bruestle and Harald Welte <support@reiner-sct.com>
Cc: Lonnie Mendez <dignome@gmail.com>
Cc: Peter Berger <pberger@brimson.com>
Cc: Al Borchers <alborchers@steinerpoint.com>
Cc: Gary Brubaker <xavyer@ix.netcom.com>
Cc: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.name>
Cc: Matthias Urlichs <smurf@smurf.noris.de>
Cc: Support Department <support@connecttech.com>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Cc: Kautuk Consul <consul.kautuk@gmail.com>
Cc: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: Bart Hartgers <bart.hartgers@gmail.com>
Cc: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Cc: Preston Fick <preston.fick@silabs.com>
Cc: Uwe Bonnes <bon@elektron.ikp.physik.tu-darmstadt.de>
Cc: Simon Arlott <simon@fire.lp0.eu>
Cc: Andrew Worsley <amworsley@gmail.com>
Cc: "Michał Wróbel" <michal.wrobel@flytronic.pl>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Cc: Aleksey Babahin <tamerlan311@gmail.com>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Donald Lee <donald@asix.com.tw>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Cc: Michal Sroczynski <msroczyn@gmail.com>
Cc: Wang YanQing <Udknight@gmail.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Tuttle <ttuttle@chromium.org>
Cc: Rigbert Hamisch <rigbert@gmx.de>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@sisk.pl>
Cc: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Cc: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Cc: Adhir Ramjiawan <adhirramjiawan0@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-07 14:02:13 -07:00
Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk 211063dc15 xen/acpi/sleep: Enable ACPI sleep via the __acpi_os_prepare_sleep
Provide the registration callback to call in the Xen's
ACPI sleep functionality. This means that during S3/S5
we make a hypercall XENPF_enter_acpi_sleep with the
proper PM1A/PM1B registers.

Based of Ke Yu's <ke.yu@intel.com> initial idea.
[ From http://xenbits.xensource.com/linux-2.6.18-xen.hg
change c68699484a65 ]

[v1: Added Copyright and license]
[v2: Added check if PM1A/B the 16-bits MSB contain something. The spec
     only uses 16-bits but might have more in future]
Signed-off-by: Liang Tang <liang.tang@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
2012-05-07 15:33:18 -04:00
Andy Whitcroft db63a4c811 libata: add a host flag to ignore detected ATA devices
Where devices are visible via more than one host we sometimes wish to
indicate that cirtain devices should be ignored on a specific host.  Add a
host flag indicating that this host wishes to ignore ATA specific devices.

Signed-off-by: Andy Whitcroft <apw@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
2012-05-07 15:32:23 -04:00
Hans de Goede 3e366149b8 [media] v4l2-ctrls: Use v4l2_subscribed_event_ops
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
[hans.verkuil@cisco.com: Fix a locking bug]
Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-07 16:29:35 -03:00
Hans de Goede c53c254933 [media] v4l2-event: Add v4l2_subscribed_event_ops
Just like with ctrl events, drivers may want to get called back on
listener add / remove for other event types too. Rather then special
casing all of this in subscribe / unsubscribe event it is better to
use ops for this.

Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-07 16:28:35 -03:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman 23063b378d usb: dwc3: patches for v3.5 merge window
This pull request contains one workaround for a Silicon
 Issue found on all RTL releases prior to 2.20a, which
 would cause a metastability state on Run/Stop bit.
 
 We also have some patches implementing a few extra Standard
 requests introduced by USB3 spec (Set SEL and Set Isoch Delay),
 as well as one patch, which has been pending for a long time,
 implementing LPM support.
 
 Last, but not least, we are splitting the host address space
 out of the dwc3 core driver otherwise xHCI won't be able to
 request_mem_region() its own address space. This patch is
 only needed because we are (as we should) re-using the xHCI
 driver, which is a completely separate module.
 
 Together with these three big changes, come a few extra preparatory
 patches which most move code around, define macros and so on, as
 well as a fix for Isochronous transfers which hasn't been triggered
 before.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJPo7lXAAoJEIaOsuA1yqRESaIP/AgxZIfOAUbPx0GWLnhub3qr
 SxaUplweFc9q4KXRLn0kGdY9QArPR3bqW9g8KOTiRCBYRtjpACyMjibAUaAht81h
 +vLdPt87Slj2c14t1uguWFvgCUYQOCugkVvDIjRg9PCLIuTahm4cIBFqL3RJOHFf
 9WCd8JjH9ahr85ZtoCBk9B5bDNn71nS+Yh6/8+Ab90AE4vZ6t8Xx3+wLTHy2CBYQ
 UH1o61QZreAJ0J3OiUobjqrVbYwz6TM0dFYMjA6ko+OiPRhVOj8/C8aNl/U1whRm
 +7jjJiWO9aHp+Tu2OAQOBF6ydc3ZLBEiCl9RiE+O9MppmtOykzkTHFm1ZXatCEY7
 UUYOy43VXLNlHoz8nidNw6P25hAwwlSijzlyawpihKbIaE8le2MpE6I00AlciM2q
 BEo4LpluC8Rr6CUUr5W9dPZUexRlzxdAL5nQSJUnJgfEPphpP3x7dWTxUZBaWjq6
 akqjgGqVj1QKwMnqL4GILtRgdqWj6WYrw67fYVLHqj8QQla4cgXQ2sHp9/R0imvT
 nmjiL5ZiuIWWr965DgVHZwqIkdvMpSQb99a1xmptw8lFDGkVJDCssPDdEErbBMwy
 KmOSaqKeg/Yway05i+Pwo/NUKHQSZeiyuguzniMrF7iYFF1/2hVYRgfpH4V+95w/
 Xrnz4uH2YJGQGPddf87P
 =qgf/
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'dwc3-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/balbi/usb into usb-next

usb: dwc3: patches for v3.5 merge window

This pull request contains one workaround for a Silicon
Issue found on all RTL releases prior to 2.20a, which
would cause a metastability state on Run/Stop bit.

We also have some patches implementing a few extra Standard
requests introduced by USB3 spec (Set SEL and Set Isoch Delay),
as well as one patch, which has been pending for a long time,
implementing LPM support.

Last, but not least, we are splitting the host address space
out of the dwc3 core driver otherwise xHCI won't be able to
request_mem_region() its own address space. This patch is
only needed because we are (as we should) re-using the xHCI
driver, which is a completely separate module.

Together with these three big changes, come a few extra preparatory
patches which most move code around, define macros and so on, as
well as a fix for Isochronous transfers which hasn't been triggered
before.

[ resolved conflicts and build error in drivers/usb/dwc3/gadget.c - gregkh]
2012-05-07 10:09:55 -07:00
Wei Yang 74d24b219b resources: add resource_overlaps()
Add resource_overlaps(), which returns true if two resources overlap at all.

Use this to replace the complicated check in coalesce_windows().

Signed-Off-By: Wei Yang <weiyang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
2012-05-07 10:58:57 -06:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman 6a1e1d71d0 usb: gadget: patches for v3.5
This pull request is quite big, but mainly because there's a
 giant rework of the s3c_hsotg.c driver to make it friendlier
 for other users. Samsung Exynos platforms use the DesignWare
 Core USB2 IP from Synopsys so it's a bit unfair to have the
 driver work for Samsung platforms only. In short, the big
 rework is in preparation to make the driver more reusable.
 
 Another big rework in this pull request came from Ido, where
 he's removing the redundant pointer for the endpoint descriptor
 from the controller driver's own endpoint representation. The
 same pointer is available through the generic struct usb_ep
 structure.
 
 Also on this pull request is the conversion of a few extra
 controller drivers to the new style registration, which allows
 multiple controllers to be available on the same platform and
 helps remove global pointers from those drivers.
 
 Together with those big changes, there's the usual fixes and cleanups
 to gadget drivers. Nothing major.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJPp3l8AAoJEIaOsuA1yqRECjkP/3mScTFWEgjQsa7ynlYW6bfE
 9uI3yP0VPws8EK0MBIOeXOhz7z/x/of/9XEEvnVjqnVkXlYc23IEJactbc1sYHQY
 WsUyeuD6D+W5UHkomV0W8Xh1agVeW9QYDubQxI62KL81pWCC3MVa+BfW+430lrdi
 7FUxWykCByYu1VYNZYfaGFyKalkpOpIydFtAZp2ykawUJMyB1PPl+2uzA1u/zB9A
 Tm6E2Su+CzWp59/Udc64O25FhPo/g5GQWX2VbO1XneUrpNQgfihq6RjSi3hHYZdq
 NkeR0eWwc5KeWZfsfm57AErQlN97uP3fAUSHz9o6c5N9V7bW221sCh4ZH3s32+IB
 Dnps2WbW7IslUntYd1GyakfRILTrhMbg7GJZbmxdzWmIK6Pv0NLISPq4bZ64QJOH
 iqa8NtluN0m1DSwUNX7UBHQZ6Cj1X3xZIdAJvdg4IlqUJ+Q2UmgCG9/kloF1H0C3
 QnRXUEgbmMZ42sVVWEafUhwfEQTNFJyWd7OpFuyo8R3vARJg/miaEy7Lf+IqpRxD
 5WV6o/TVCL2c6lQP2NbJoCSr10K2VcHOJpUS8cYv6K+ZIyTbKvOh8rlArX2+/W3a
 YZtd+nfq2FyuRVxAasXwpsVCDT319LWt+Myq+9cl23+PyN54j+OnhHPJr15tBru1
 OB/Z6arXyc17Gq/Ng2ur
 =irDV
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'gadget-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/balbi/usb into usb-next

usb: gadget: patches for v3.5

This pull request is quite big, but mainly because there's a
giant rework of the s3c_hsotg.c driver to make it friendlier
for other users. Samsung Exynos platforms use the DesignWare
Core USB2 IP from Synopsys so it's a bit unfair to have the
driver work for Samsung platforms only. In short, the big
rework is in preparation to make the driver more reusable.

Another big rework in this pull request came from Ido, where
he's removing the redundant pointer for the endpoint descriptor
from the controller driver's own endpoint representation. The
same pointer is available through the generic struct usb_ep
structure.

Also on this pull request is the conversion of a few extra
controller drivers to the new style registration, which allows
multiple controllers to be available on the same platform and
helps remove global pointers from those drivers.

Together with those big changes, there's the usual fixes and cleanups
to gadget drivers. Nothing major.
2012-05-07 09:49:32 -07:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman 61906313bd Merge 3.4-rc6 into usb-next
This resolves the conflict with:
	drivers/usb/host/ehci-tegra.c

Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-07 09:03:39 -07:00
Bjorn Helgaas 0cbaa57d82 Merge branch 'topic/stratus' into next 2012-05-07 09:23:27 -06:00
Dave Airlie 4f256e8aa3 Merge branch 'for-airlied' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~danvet/drm-intel into drm-core-next
Daniel prepared this branch with a back-merge as git was getting
very confused about changes in intel_display.c
2012-05-07 16:09:35 +01:00
Hiroshi Shimamoto 489a71b029 sched: Update documentation and comments
Change sched_*.c to sched/*.c in documentation and comments.

Signed-off-by: Hiroshi Shimamoto <h-shimamoto@ct.jp.nec.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/4F795CAC.9080206@ct.jp.nec.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2012-05-07 15:04:18 +02:00
Daniel Drake c2c21e9bb1 x86/olpc/xo1/sci: Report RTC wakeup events
When the system is woken due to a RTC event, report the wakeup
event on the relevant rtc device (if it can be found).

Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@laptop.org>
Cc: dilinger@queued.net
Cc: pgf@laptop.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120418223402.D73249D401E@zog.reactivated.net
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2012-05-07 15:02:26 +02:00
Joerg Roedel 263b5e8629 x86, iommu/vt-d: Clean up interfaces for interrupt remapping
Remove the Intel specific interfaces from dmar.h and remove
asm/irq_remapping.h which is only used for io_apic.c anyway.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Acked-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
2012-05-07 14:35:00 +02:00
Joerg Roedel 9d619f6572 iommu/vt-d: Convert free_irte into a remap_ops callback
The operation for releasing a remapping entry is iommu
specific too.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Acked-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
2012-05-07 14:34:59 +02:00
Joerg Roedel 4f3d8b67ad iommu/vt-d: Convert missing apic.c intr-remapping call to remap_ops
Convert these calls too:

	* Disable of remapping hardware
	* Reenable of remapping hardware
	* Enable fault handling

With that all of arch/x86/kernel/apic/apic.c is converted to
use the generic intr-remapping interface.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Acked-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
2012-05-07 14:34:59 +02:00
Joerg Roedel 736baef447 iommu/vt-d: Make intr-remapping initialization generic
This patch introduces irq_remap_ops to hold implementation
specific function pointer to handle interrupt remapping. As
the first part the initialization functions for VT-d are
converted to these ops.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Acked-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
2012-05-07 14:34:59 +02:00
Daniel Vetter dc257cf154 Linux 3.4-rc6
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPpvY9AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGpEoIAJgbu+Y8gITnBK/wh9O6zy3S
 5jie5KK4YWdbJsvO58WbNr3CyVIwGIqQ2dUZLiU59aBVLarlGw8xor0MmW+cZwhp
 6fBHaf0qDYAV0MZjD+mnnExOiCRyISa2lPmsfu9dAWywh5KGe6/oAP6/qcXIyok3
 KZyl3qQf4ENpaZPHwZPXCEkUvtuyHgNiszN+QXEadA3s19Ot4VGe9A3VGw+GNrSm
 JqFIq3acQAbKa5BYaqf7TQC02v2FI7//eqt6QHxTqbE6a7LGbTvLfX3HlJ2mnfqa
 1R6QHhM4y4OZDHbaMT2raHZ8WuLXzhehJzhP8Co7AHFOKwVKOb5XbcUr2RrukMU=
 =HkMd
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'v3.4-rc6' into drm-intel-next

Conflicts:
	drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_display.c

Ok, this is a fun story of git totally messing things up. There
/shouldn't/ be any conflict in here, because the fixes in -rc6 do only
touch functions that have not been changed in -next.

The offending commits in drm-next are 14415745b2..1fa611065 which
simply move a few functions from intel_display.c to intel_pm.c. The
problem seems to be that git diff gets completely confused:

$ git diff 14415745b2..1fa611065

is a nice mess in intel_display.c, and the diff leaks into totally
unrelated functions, whereas

$git diff --minimal  14415745b2..1fa611065

is exactly what we want.

Unfortunately there seems to be no way to teach similar smarts to the
merge diff and conflict generation code, because with the minimal diff
there really shouldn't be any conflicts. For added hilarity, every
time something in that area changes the + and - lines in the diff move
around like crazy, again resulting in new conflicts. So I fear this
mess will stay with us for a little longer (and might result in
another backmerge down the road).

Signed-Off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2012-05-07 14:02:14 +02:00
Mark Brown cc7a727941 mfd: Read CUST_ID from the wm8994 device
Read CUST_ID from the device and log it for diagnostics.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-07 11:32:08 +02:00
Mark Brown b7b142d9fc mfd: Convert wm8350 physical I/O to regmap API
The driver still uses a custom cache implementation but the underlying
physical I/O is now done using the regmap API, saving some code and
avoiding allocating enormous scratch arrays on the stack.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-07 11:32:08 +02:00
Ingo Molnar 19631cb3d6 Merge branch 'tip/perf/core-4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace into perf/core 2012-05-07 11:03:52 +02:00
Christoph Hellwig d5dc28eb92 target: remove the t_se_count field in struct se_cmd
Now that tasks are gone we are guaranteed to only get a single completion
per command, and thus don't need this counter.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-06 15:11:28 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig d43d6aea84 target: remove the t_task_cdbs_ex_left field in struct se_cmd
Now that tasks are gone we are guaranteed to only get a single completion
per command, and thus don't need this counter.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-06 15:11:27 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig 226b6faf2e target: remove the t_task_cdbs_left field in struct se_cmd
Now that tasks are gone we are guaranteed to only get a single completion
per command, and thus don't need this counter.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-06 15:11:27 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig 5787cacd0b target: remove struct se_task
We can use struct se_cmd for everything it did.  Make sure to pass the S/G
list and data direction to the execution function to ease adding back BIDI
support later on.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-06 15:11:26 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig cf572a9627 target: move the state and execute lists to the command
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-06 15:11:26 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig 785fdf70b2 target: simplify command to task linkage
Now that we only have a single task per command we can use a direct pointer
to it instead of list.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-06 15:11:25 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig 6bb35e009b target: replace ->execute_task with ->execute_cmd
Make CDB emulation work on commands instead of tasks again as a preparation
of removing tasks completely.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-06 15:11:14 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig bd31377878 target: remove the task_sectors field in struct se_task
Remove the task_sectors field that isn't used anywhere.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-06 15:03:46 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig 7a83aa4e7b target: remove the task_size field in struct se_task
Now that we don't split commands the size field in the task is always
equivalent to the one in the CDB, even in cases where we have two tasks
due to a BIDI transfer.  Just refer the the size in the command instead
of duplicating it in the task.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-06 15:03:41 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig 72a0e5e2e2 target: remove the task_lba field in struct se_task
Now that we don't split commands the lba field in the task is always
equivalent to the one in the CDB, even in cases where we have two tasks
due to a BIDI transfer.  Just refer the the lba in the command instead
of duplicating it in the task.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-06 15:02:59 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig ed3102c678 target: remove target_get_task_cdb
Now that tasks are always the same size as the command there is no need
to rewrite a CDB in common code.  Notw that we keep the separately allocated
CDB in the pscsi and stgt backends for now, to easy reintroducing any
command splitting local to these backends if nessecary.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2012-05-06 15:02:59 -07:00
Linus Torvalds 4f74d2c8e8 vm: remove 'nr_accounted' calculations from the unmap_vmas() interfaces
The VM accounting makes no sense at this level, and half of the callers
didn't ever actually use the end result.  The only time we want to
unaccount the memory is when we actually remove the vma, so do the
accounting at that point instead.

This simplifies the interfaces (no need to pass down that silly page
counter to functions that really don't care), and also makes it much
more obvious what is actually going on: we do vm_[un]acct_memory() when
adding or removing the vma, not on random page walking.

Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-06 14:05:17 -07:00
Linus Torvalds 7e027b14d5 vm: simplify unmap_vmas() calling convention
None of the callers want to pass in 'zap_details', and it doesn't even
make sense for the case of actually unmapping vma's.  So remove the
argument, and clean up the interface.

Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-06 13:52:07 -07:00
Linus Torvalds 18b15fcde7 Merge branch 'x86-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip
Pull x86 fixes form Peter Anvin

* 'x86-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
  intel_mid_powerbtn: mark irq as IRQF_NO_SUSPEND
  arch/x86/platform/geode/net5501.c: change active_low to 0 for LED driver
  x86, relocs: Remove an unused variable
  asm-generic: Use __BITS_PER_LONG in statfs.h
  x86/amd: Re-enable CPU topology extensions in case BIOS has disabled it
2012-05-06 12:19:38 -07:00
Alexander Duyck ec47ea8247 skb: Add inline helper for getting the skb end offset from head
With the recent changes for how we compute the skb truesize it occurs to me
we are probably going to have a lot of calls to skb_end_pointer -
skb->head.  Instead of running all over the place doing that it would make
more sense to just make it a separate inline skb_end_offset(skb) that way
we can return the correct value without having gcc having to do all the
optimization to cancel out skb->head - skb->head.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-06 13:13:19 -04:00
Benjamin Herrenschmidt 5b74716eba kvm/powerpc: Add new ioctl to retreive server MMU infos
This is necessary for qemu to be able to pass the right information
to the guest, such as the supported page sizes and corresponding
encodings in the SLB and hash table, which can vary depending
on the processor type, the type of KVM used (PR vs HV) and the
version of KVM

Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
[agraf: fix compilation on hv, adjust for newer ioctl numbers]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
2012-05-06 16:19:12 +02:00
Jan Kara 169ebd9013 writeback: Avoid iput() from flusher thread
Doing iput() from flusher thread (writeback_sb_inodes()) can create problems
because iput() can do a lot of work - for example truncate the inode if it's
the last iput on unlinked file. Some filesystems depend on flusher thread
progressing (e.g. because they need to flush delay allocated blocks to reduce
allocation uncertainty) and so flusher thread doing truncate creates
interesting dependencies and possibilities for deadlocks.

We get rid of iput() in flusher thread by using the fact that I_SYNC inode
flag effectively pins the inode in memory. So if we take care to either hold
i_lock or have I_SYNC set, we can get away without taking inode reference
in writeback_sb_inodes().

As a side effect of these changes, we also fix possible use-after-free in
wb_writeback() because inode_wait_for_writeback() call could try to reacquire
i_lock on the inode that was already free.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
2012-05-06 13:43:41 +08:00
Jan Kara dbd5768f87 vfs: Rename end_writeback() to clear_inode()
After we moved inode_sync_wait() from end_writeback() it doesn't make sense
to call the function end_writeback() anymore. Rename it to clear_inode()
which well says what the function really does - set I_CLEAR flag.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
2012-05-06 13:43:41 +08:00
Jan Kara cc1676d917 writeback: Move requeueing when I_SYNC set to writeback_sb_inodes()
When writeback_single_inode() is called on inode which has I_SYNC already
set while doing WB_SYNC_NONE, inode is moved to b_more_io list. However
this makes sense only if the caller is flusher thread. For other callers of
writeback_single_inode() it doesn't really make sense and may be even wrong
- flusher thread may be doing WB_SYNC_ALL writeback in parallel.

So we move requeueing from writeback_single_inode() to writeback_sb_inodes().

Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
2012-05-06 13:43:38 +08:00
Ramakrishna Pallala 9a8422d205 max17042_battery: Add support for max17047/50 chip
max17047 is improved version of max17042 chip. It has few HW bug
fixes with minor changes in register set.

max17050 is same as max17047 chip except its silicon packging. So from
driver's point of view there is no difference btw max1047 and max1050.

This patch adds the support to dynamically detect the chip type and
adds steps to initialize the max17047 chip.

Signed-off-by: Ramakrishna Pallala <ramakrishna.pallala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <anton.vorontsov@linaro.org>
2012-05-05 20:28:11 -07:00
Chanwoo Choi dfeccb12b4 charger-manager: Provide cm_notify_event function for in-kernel use
By using cm_notify_event function, charger driver can report several
charger events (e.g. battery full and external power in/out, etc) to
Charger-Manager. Charger-Manager can properly and immediately control
chargers by the reported event.

Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Donggeun Kim <dg77.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <anton.vorontsov@linaro.org>
2012-05-05 19:51:58 -07:00
Chanwoo Choi d829dc75ba charger-manager: Poll battery health in normal state
Charger-Manager needs to check battery health in normal state
as well as suspend-to-RAM state. When the battery is fully charged,
Charger-Manager needs to determine when the chargers restart charging.

This patch allows Charger-Manager to monitor battery health in normal
state and handle operation for chargers after battery is fully charged.

Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Donggeun Kim <dg77.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <anton.vorontsov@linaro.org>
2012-05-05 19:48:50 -07:00
Rafael J. Wysocki 6ff7bb0d02 PM / Domains: Cache device stop and domain power off governor results, v3
The results of the default device stop and domain power off governor
functions for generic PM domains, default_stop_ok() and
default_power_down_ok(), depend only on the timing data of devices,
which are static, and on their PM QoS constraints.  Thus, in theory,
these functions only need to carry out their computations, which may
be time consuming in general, when it is known that the PM QoS
constraint of at least one of the devices in question has changed.

Use the PM QoS notifiers of devices to implement that.  First,
introduce new fields, constraint_changed and max_off_time_changed,
into struct gpd_timing_data and struct generic_pm_domain,
respectively, and register a PM QoS notifier function when adding
a device into a domain that will set those fields to 'true' whenever
the device's PM QoS constraint is modified.  Second, make
default_stop_ok() and default_power_down_ok() use those fields to
decide whether or not to carry out their computations from scratch.

The device and PM domain hierarchies are taken into account in that
and the expense is that the changes of PM QoS constraints of
suspended devices will not be taken into account immediately, which
isn't guaranteed anyway in general.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2012-05-05 21:51:58 +02:00
Arve Hjønnevåg 4d7e30d989 epoll: Add a flag, EPOLLWAKEUP, to prevent suspend while epoll events are ready
When an epoll_event, that has the EPOLLWAKEUP flag set, is ready, a
wakeup_source will be active to prevent suspend. This can be used to
handle wakeup events from a driver that support poll, e.g. input, if
that driver wakes up the waitqueue passed to epoll before allowing
suspend.

Signed-off-by: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
Reviewed-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2012-05-05 21:50:41 +02:00
Linus Torvalds 59068e369b Merge branch 'release' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lenb/linux
Pull an ACPI patch from Len Brown:
 "It fixes a D3 issue new in 3.4-rc1."

By Lin Ming via Len Brown:
* 'release' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lenb/linux:
  ACPI: Fix D3hot v D3cold confusion
2012-05-05 10:06:06 -07:00
Lin Ming 1cc0c998fd ACPI: Fix D3hot v D3cold confusion
Before this patch, ACPI_STATE_D3 incorrectly referenced D3hot
in some places, but D3cold in other places.

After this patch, ACPI_STATE_D3 always means ACPI_STATE_D3_COLD;
and all references to D3hot use ACPI_STATE_D3_HOT.

ACPI's _PR3 method is used to enter both D3hot and D3cold states.
What distinguishes D3hot from D3cold is the presence _PR3
(Power Resources for D3hot)  If these resources are all ON,
then the state is D3hot.  If _PR3 is not present,
or all _PR0 resources for the devices are OFF,
then the state is D3cold.

This patch applies after Linux-3.4-rc1.
A future syntax cleanup may remove ACPI_STATE_D3
to emphasize that it always means ACPI_STATE_D3_COLD.

Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Acked-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Reviewed-by: Aaron Lu <aaron.lu@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2012-05-05 01:19:52 -04:00
Anton Vorontsov 0d4ed4e27a power_supply: Make the core a boolean instead of a tristate
On Mon, Apr 02, 2012 at 01:53:23PM +1000, Benjamin Herrenschmidt wrote:
> > drivers/built-in.o: In function `.nouveau_pm_trigger':
> > (.text+0xa56e8): undefined reference to `.power_supply_is_system_supplied'
> >
> > nouveau probably needs to depends on CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY to force a module
> > build with the latter is =m
>
> Ok, not that trivial...
>
> The problem is more like POWER_SUPPLY should be a bool, not a tristate.
>
> If you think about it: you don't want things like nouveau to depend on a
> random subsystem like that, people will never get it. In fact,
> POWER_SUPPLY provides empty inline stubs when not enabled, so that's
> really designed to not have depends...
>
> However that -cannot- work if POWER_SUPPLY is modular and the drivers
> who use it are not.
>
> The only fixes here that make sense I can think of
> that don't also involve Kconfig horrors are:
>
>  - Ugly: in power_supply.h, use the extern variant if
>
>       defined(CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY) ||
>        (defined(CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY_MODULE) && defined(MODULE))
>
> IE. use the stub if power supply is a module and what is being built is
> built-in. Of course that's not only ugly, it somewhat sucks from a user
> perspective as the subsystem now exists but can't be used by some
> drivers...
>
>  - Better: Just make the bloody thing a bool :-) The power supply
> framework itself is small enough, just make it a boolean option and
> avoid the problem entirely. The actual power supply sub drivers can
> remain modular of course.

Suggested-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <cbouatmailru@gmail.com>
2012-05-04 21:15:52 -07:00
Ramakrishna Pallala a2ebfe2fc6 power_supply: Add voltage_ocv property and use it for max17042 driver
This adds a new sysfs file called 'voltage_ocv' which gives the
Open Circuit Voltage of the battery.

This property can be used for platform shutdown policies and
can be useful for initial capacity estimations.

Note: This patch is generated against linux-next branch.

Signed-off-by: Ramakrishna Pallala <ramakrishna.pallala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <anton.vorontsov@linaro.org>
2012-05-04 20:44:29 -07:00
Linus Torvalds 12f8ad4b05 vfs: clean up __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() interfaces
The calling conventions for __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() are
annoying in different ways, and there is actually one single underlying
reason for both of the annoyances.

The fundamental reason is that we do the returned dentry sequence number
check inside __d_lookup_rcu() instead of doing it in the caller.  This
results in two annoyances:

 - __d_lookup_rcu() now not only needs to return the dentry and the
   sequence number that goes along with the lookup, it also needs to
   return the inode pointer that was validated by that sequence number
   check.

 - and because we did the sequence number check early (to validate the
   name pointer and length) we also couldn't just pass the dentry itself
   to dentry_cmp(), we had to pass the counted string that contained the
   name.

So that sequence number decision caused two separate ugly calling
conventions.

Both of these problems would be solved if we just did the sequence
number check in the caller instead.  There's only one caller, and that
caller already has to do the sequence number check for the parent
anyway, so just do that.

That allows us to stop returning the dentry->d_inode in that in-out
argument (pointer-to-pointer-to-inode), so we can make the inode
argument just a regular input inode pointer.  The caller can just load
the inode from dentry->d_inode, and then do the sequence number check
after that to make sure that it's synchronized with the name we looked
up.

And it allows us to just pass in the dentry to dentry_cmp(), which is
what all the callers really wanted.  Sure, dentry_cmp() has to be a bit
careful about the dentry (which is not stable during RCU lookup), but
that's actually very simple.

And now that dentry_cmp() can clearly see that the first string argument
is a dentry, we can use the direct word access for that, instead of the
careful unaligned zero-padding.  The dentry name is always properly
aligned, since it is a single path component that is either embedded
into the dentry itself, or was allocated with kmalloc() (see __d_alloc).

Finally, this also uninlines the nasty slow-case for dentry comparisons:
that one *does* need to do a sequence number check, since it will call
in to the low-level filesystems, and we want to give those a stable
inode pointer and path component length/start arguments.  Doing an extra
sequence check for that slow case is not a problem, though.

Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-04 18:21:14 -07:00
Alan Cox d29f3ef39b tty_lock: Localise the lock
In each remaining case the tty_lock is associated with a specific tty. This
means we can now lock on a per tty basis. We do need tty_lock_pair() for
the pty case. Uglier but still a step in the right direction.

[fixed up calls in 3 missing drivers - gregkh]

Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-04 16:58:47 -07:00
Mark Brown d926d0e4c7 devres: Add devres_release()
APIs using devres frequently want to implement a "remove and free the
resource" operation so it seems sensible that they should be able to
just have devres do the freeing for them since that's a big part of what
devres is all about.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-04 16:33:16 -07:00
Michael Davidson 9475818568 driver-core: fix DEVICE_INT_ATTR to use correct show/store functions
DEVICE_INT_ATTR() should use device_show_int() and device_store_int()
not device_show_ulong() and device_store_ulong()

Signed-off-by: Michael Davidson <md@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-04 16:26:20 -07:00
Mark Brown 0e1507c845 extcon: Add EXTCON_MECHANICAL cable type for physical presence
Some accessory detection mechanisms are able to detect that something is
physically present in the socket separately to identifying what is present
in the socket. This information can be useful to applications, for example
allowing them to indicate that a potentially broken accessory is present,
so provide a standard way to report it to userspace.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-04 16:25:29 -07:00
Linus Torvalds 4f988f152e seqlock: add 'raw_seqcount_begin()' function
The normal read_seqcount_begin() function will wait for any current
writers to exit their critical region by looping until the sequence
count is even.

That "wait for sequence count to stabilize" is the right thing to do if
the read-locker will just retry the whole operation on contention: no
point in doing a potentially expensive reader sequence if we know at the
beginning that we'll just end up re-doing it all.

HOWEVER.  Some users don't actually retry the operation, but instead
will abort and do the operation with proper locking.  So the sequence
count case may be the optimistic quick case, but in the presense of
writers you may want to do full locking in order to guarantee forward
progress.  The prime example of this would be the RCU name lookup.

And in that case, you may well be better off without the "retry early",
and are in a rush to instead get to the failure handling.  Thus this
"raw" interface that just returns the sequence number without testing it
- it just forces the low bit to zero so that read_seqcount_retry() will
always fail such a "active concurrent writer" scenario.

Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-04 15:13:54 -07:00
Linus Torvalds 2f62427862 Fix __read_seqcount_begin() to use ACCESS_ONCE for sequence value read
We really need to use a ACCESS_ONCE() on the sequence value read in
__read_seqcount_begin(), because otherwise the compiler might end up
reloading the value in between the test and the return of it.  As a
result, it might end up returning an odd value (which means that a write
is in progress).

If the reader is then fast enough that that odd value is still the
current one when the read_seqcount_retry() is done, we might end up with
a "successful" read sequence, even despite the concurrent write being
active.

In practice this probably never really happens - there just isn't
anything else going on around the read of the sequence count, and the
common case is that we end up having a read barrier immediately
afterwards.

So the code sequence in which gcc might decide to reaload from memory is
small, and there's no reason to believe it would ever actually do the
reload.  But if the compiler ever were to decide to do so, it would be
incredibly annoying to debug.  Let's just make sure.

Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-04 14:46:02 -07:00
Eric Dumazet bd14b1b2e2 tcp: be more strict before accepting ECN negociation
It appears some networks play bad games with the two bits reserved for
ECN. This can trigger false congestion notifications and very slow
transferts.

Since RFC 3168 (6.1.1) forbids SYN packets to carry CT bits, we can
disable TCP ECN negociation if it happens we receive mangled CT bits in
the SYN packet.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Perry Lorier <perryl@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Wilmer van der Gaast <wilmer@google.com>
Cc: Ankur Jain <jankur@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Dave Täht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-04 12:05:27 -04:00
Karsten Keil f45ebf3a6b mISDN: Help to identify the card
With multiple cards is hard to figure out which port caused trouble
int the layer2 routines (e.g. got a timeout).
Now we have the informations in the log output.

Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil <kkeil@linux-pingi.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-04 11:56:19 -04:00
Karsten Keil c626c12727 mISDN: Make layer1 timer 3 value configurable
For certification test it is very useful to change the layer1
timer3 value on runtime.

Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil <kkeil@linux-pingi.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-04 11:55:05 -04:00
Karsten Keil 8423e6b212 mISDN: L2 timeouts need to be queued as L2 event
To be full preemptiv safe, we cannot handle a L2 timeout in the timer
context itself, we should do all actions via the D-channel thread.

Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil <kkeil@linux-pingi.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-04 11:54:27 -04:00
Lukasz Majewski 127d42ae47 usb:hsotg:samsung: Remove platform dependency from s3c-hsotg
This code removes platform dependency from s3c-hsotg driver.

Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Cc: Kukjin Kim <kgene.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2012-05-04 15:53:09 +03:00
Thierry Reding 62f6b08793 tps6586x: Add device tree support
This commit adds device tree support for the TPS6586x regulator.

Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-05-04 13:25:16 +01:00
Thierry Reding 1c8fa58f47 regulator: Add generic DT parsing for regulators
Looking up init data for regulators found on chips is a common operation
that can be handled in a generic way. The new helper function introduced
by this patch looks up the children of a given node by names specified
in a match table and fills that match table with information parsed from
the DT.

This is based on work by Rhyland Klein <rklein@nvidia.com>.

Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-05-04 13:25:15 +01:00
James Morris 898bfc1d46 Linux 3.4-rc5
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPnb50AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGAE0H/A4zFZIUGmF3miKPDYmejmrZ
 oVDYxVAu6JHjHWhu8E3VsinvyVscowjV8dr15eSaQzmDmRkSHAnUQ+dB7Di7jLC2
 MNopxsWjwyZ8zvvr3rFR76kjbWKk/1GYytnf7GPZLbJQzd51om2V/TY/6qkwiDSX
 U8Tt7ihSgHAezefqEmWp2X/1pxDCEt+VFyn9vWpkhgdfM1iuzF39MbxSZAgqDQ/9
 JJrBHFXhArqJguhENwL7OdDzkYqkdzlGtS0xgeY7qio2CzSXxZXK4svT6FFGA8Za
 xlAaIvzslDniv3vR2ZKd6wzUwFHuynX222hNim3QMaYdXm012M+Nn1ufKYGFxI0=
 =4d4w
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'v3.4-rc5' into next

Linux 3.4-rc5

Merge to pull in prerequisite change for Smack:
86812bb0de

Requested by Casey.
2012-05-04 12:46:40 +10:00
Linus Torvalds c42f1d4b52 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Transfer padding was wrong for full-speed USB in ASIX driver, fix
    from Ingo van Lil.

 2) Propagate the negative packet offset fix into the PowerPC BPF JIT.
    From Jan Seiffert.

 3) dl2k driver's private ioctls were letting unprivileged tasks make
    MII writes and other ugly bits like that.  Fix from Jeff Mahoney.

 4) Fix TX VLAN and RX packet drops in ucc_geth, from Joakim Tjernlund.

 5) OOPS and network namespace fixes in IPVS from Hans Schillstrom and
    Julian Anastasov.

 6) Fix races and sleeping in locked context bugs in drop_monitor, from
    Neil Horman.

 7) Fix link status indication in smsc95xx driver, from Paolo Pisati.

 8) Fix bridge netfilter OOPS, from Peter Huang.

 9) L2TP sendmsg can return on error conditions with the socket lock
    held, oops.  Fix from Sasha Levin.

10) udp_diag should return meaningful values for socket memory usage,
    from Shan Wei.

11) Eric Dumazet is so awesome he gets his own section:

       Socket memory cgroup code (I never should have applied those
       patches, grumble...) made erroneous changes to
       sk_sockets_allocated_read_positive().  It was changed to
       use percpu_counter_sum_positive (which requires BH disabling)
       instead of percpu_counter_read_positive (which does not).
       Revert back to avoid crashes and lockdep warnings.

       Adjust the default tcp_adv_win_scale and tcp_rmem[2] values
       to fix throughput regressions.  This is necessary as a result
       of our more precise skb->truesize tracking.

       Fix SKB leak in netem packet scheduler.

12) New device IDs for various bluetooth devices, from Manoj Iyer,
    AceLan Kao, and Steven Harms.

13) Fix command completion race in ipw2200, from Stanislav Yakovlev.

14) Fix rtlwifi oops on unload, from Larry Finger.

15) Fix hard_mtu when adjusting hard_header_len in smsc95xx driver.
    From Stephane Fillod.

16) ehea driver registers it's IRQ before all the necessary state is
    setup, resulting in crashes.  Fix from Thadeu Lima de Souza
    Cascardo.

17) Fix PHY connection failures in davinci_emac driver, from Anatolij
    Gustschin.

18) Missing break; in switch statement in bluetooth's
    hci_cmd_complete_evt().  Fix from Szymon Janc.

19) Fix queue programming in iwlwifi, from Johannes Berg.

20) Interrupt throttling defaults not being actually programmed into the
    hardware, fix from Jeff Kirsher and Ying Cai.

21) TLAN driver SKB encoding in descriptor busted on 64-bit, fix from
    Benjamin Poirier.

22) Fix blind status block RX producer pointer deref in TG3 driver, from
    Matt Carlson.

23) Promisc and multicast are busted on ehea, fixes from Thadeu Lima de
    Souza Cascardo.

24) Fix crashes in 6lowpan, from Alexander Smirnov.

25) tcp_complete_cwr() needs to be careful to not rewind the CWND to
    ssthresh if ssthresh has the "infinite" value.  Fix from Yuchung
    Cheng.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (81 commits)
  sungem: Fix WakeOnLan
  tcp: change tcp_adv_win_scale and tcp_rmem[2]
  net: l2tp: unlock socket lock before returning from l2tp_ip_sendmsg
  drop_monitor: prevent init path from scheduling on the wrong cpu
  usbnet: fix failure handling in usbnet_probe
  usbnet: fix leak of transfer buffer of dev->interrupt
  ucc_geth: Add 16 bytes to max TX frame for VLANs
  net: ucc_geth, increase no. of HW RX descriptors
  netem: fix possible skb leak
  sky2: fix receive length error in mixed non-VLAN/VLAN traffic
  sky2: propogate rx hash when packet is copied
  net: fix two typos in skbuff.h
  cxgb3: Don't call cxgb_vlan_mode until q locks are initialized
  ixgbe: fix calling skb_put on nonlinear skb assertion bug
  ixgbe: Fix a memory leak in IEEE DCB
  igbvf: fix the bug when initializing the igbvf
  smsc75xx: enable mac to detect speed/duplex from phy
  smsc75xx: declare smsc75xx's MII as GMII capable
  smsc75xx: fix phy interrupt acknowledge
  smsc75xx: fix phy init reset loop
  ...
2012-05-03 17:10:39 -07:00
Alexander Duyck 3a7c1ee4ab skb: Add skb_head_is_locked helper function
This patch adds support for a skb_head_is_locked helper function.  It is
meant to be used any time we are considering transferring the head from
skb->head to a paged frag.  If the head is locked it means we cannot remove
the head from the skb so it must be copied or we must take the skb as a
whole.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-03 13:18:37 -04:00
Eric W. Biederman 8e96e3b7b8 userns: Use uid_eq gid_eq helpers when comparing kuids and kgids in the vfs
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-05-03 03:29:34 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman 72cda3d1ef userns: Convert in_group_p and in_egroup_p to use kgid_t
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-05-03 03:29:33 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman 92361636e0 userns: Store uid and gid types in vfs structures with kuid_t and kgid_t types
The conversion of all of the users is not done yet there are too many to change
in one go and leave the code reviewable. For now I change just the header and
a few trivial users and rely on CONFIG_UIDGID_STRICT_TYPE_CHECKS not being set
to ensure that the code will still compile during the transition.

Helper functions i_uid_read, i_uid_write, i_gid_read, i_gid_write are added
so that in most cases filesystems can avoid the complexities of multiple user
namespaces and can concentrate on moving their raw numeric values into and
out of the vfs data structures.

Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-05-03 03:29:32 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman 76b6db0102 userns: Replace user_ns_map_uid and user_ns_map_gid with from_kuid and from_kgid
These function are no longer needed replace them with their more useful equivalents.

Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-05-03 03:28:39 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman 078de5f706 userns: Store uid and gid values in struct cred with kuid_t and kgid_t types
cred.h and a few trivial users of struct cred are changed.  The rest of the users
of struct cred are left for other patches as there are too many changes to make
in one go and leave the change reviewable.  If the user namespace is disabled and
CONFIG_UIDGID_STRICT_TYPE_CHECKS are disabled the code will contiue to compile
and behave correctly.

Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-05-03 03:28:38 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman ae2975bc34 userns: Convert group_info values from gid_t to kgid_t.
As a first step to converting struct cred to be all kuid_t and kgid_t
values convert the group values stored in group_info to always be
kgid_t values.   Unless user namespaces are used this change should
have no effect.

Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-05-03 03:27:21 -07:00
Matthew Garrett 6e079d53c1 vgaarb: Provide dummy default device functions
Add some stub functions for the case where CONFIG_VGA_ARB is disabled.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2012-05-03 09:30:55 +01:00
Paul Parsons 1334d86b55 ARM: pxa: hx4700: Add PCMCIA/CF support
This patch is part of a set which adds PCMCIA/CF support for the hx4700.
This patch modifies asic3_gpio_config[] as follows:
1. Remove ASIC3_GPIOC4_CF_nCD, whose purpose is unknown.
2. Add ASIC3_GPIOD4_CF_nCD, the actual CF card detect GPIO.

Signed-off-by: Paul Parsons <lost.distance@yahoo.com>
Cc: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Haojian Zhuang <haojian.zhuang@gmail.com>
2012-05-03 09:55:30 +08:00
Eric Dumazet b081f85c29 net: implement tcp coalescing in tcp_queue_rcv()
Extend tcp coalescing implementing it from tcp_queue_rcv(), the main
receiver function when application is not blocked in recvmsg().

Function tcp_queue_rcv() is moved a bit to allow its call from
tcp_data_queue()

This gives good results especially if GRO could not kick, and if skb
head is a fragment.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-02 21:11:11 -04:00
Yuchung Cheng 750ea2bafa tcp: early retransmit: delayed fast retransmit
Implementing the advanced early retransmit (sysctl_tcp_early_retrans==2).
Delays the fast retransmit by an interval of RTT/4. We borrow the
RTO timer to implement the delay. If we receive another ACK or send
a new packet, the timer is cancelled and restored to original RTO
value offset by time elapsed.  When the delayed-ER timer fires,
we enter fast recovery and perform fast retransmit.

Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-02 20:56:10 -04:00
Yuchung Cheng eed530b6c6 tcp: early retransmit
This patch implements RFC 5827 early retransmit (ER) for TCP.
It reduces DUPACK threshold (dupthresh) if outstanding packets are
less than 4 to recover losses by fast recovery instead of timeout.

While the algorithm is simple, small but frequent network reordering
makes this feature dangerous: the connection repeatedly enter
false recovery and degrade performance. Therefore we implement
a mitigation suggested in the appendix of the RFC that delays
entering fast recovery by a small interval, i.e., RTT/4. Currently
ER is conservative and is disabled for the rest of the connection
after the first reordering event. A large scale web server
experiment on the performance impact of ER is summarized in
section 6 of the paper "Proportional Rate Reduction for TCP”,
IMC 2011. http://conferences.sigcomm.org/imc/2011/docs/p155.pdf

Note that Linux has a similar feature called THIN_DUPACK. The
differences are THIN_DUPACK do not mitigate reorderings and is only
used after slow start. Currently ER is disabled if THIN_DUPACK is
enabled. I would be happy to merge THIN_DUPACK feature with ER if
people think it's a good idea.

ER is enabled by sysctl_tcp_early_retrans:
  0: Disables ER

  1: Reduce dupthresh to packets_out - 1 when outstanding packets < 4.

  2: (Default) reduce dupthresh like mode 1. In addition, delay
     entering fast recovery by RTT/4.

Note: mode 2 is implemented in the third part of this patch series.

Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-02 20:56:10 -04:00
Paul E. McKenney 9dd8fb16c3 rcu: Make exit_rcu() more precise and consolidate
When running preemptible RCU, if a task exits in an RCU read-side
critical section having blocked within that same RCU read-side critical
section, the task must be removed from the list of tasks blocking a
grace period (perhaps the current grace period, perhaps the next grace
period, depending on timing).  The exit() path invokes exit_rcu() to
do this cleanup.

However, the current implementation of exit_rcu() needlessly does the
cleanup even if the task did not block within the current RCU read-side
critical section, which wastes time and needlessly increases the size
of the state space.  Fix this by only doing the cleanup if the current
task is actually on the list of tasks blocking some grace period.

While we are at it, consolidate the two identical exit_rcu() functions
into a single function.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>

Conflicts:

	kernel/rcupdate.c
2012-05-02 14:48:27 -07:00
Paul E. McKenney 616c310e83 rcu: Move PREEMPT_RCU preemption to switch_to() invocation
Currently, PREEMPT_RCU readers are enqueued upon entry to the scheduler.
This is inefficient because enqueuing is required only if there is a
context switch, and entry to the scheduler does not guarantee a context
switch.

The commit therefore moves the enqueuing to immediately precede the
call to switch_to() from the scheduler.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 14:43:23 -07:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman eb1574270a Merge 3.4-rc5 into driver-core-next
This was done to resolve a merge issue with the init/main.c file.

Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-02 14:33:37 -07:00
Magnus Damm f73fa05b90 serial8250: Introduce serial8250_register_8250_port()
Introduce yet another 8250 registration function.
This time it is serial8250_register_8250_port() and it
allows us to register 8250 hardware instances using struct
uart_8250_port. The new function makes it possible to
register 8250 hardware that makes use of 8250 specific
callbacks such as ->dl_read() and ->dl_write().

Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-02 14:14:13 -07:00
David Teigland 4875647a08 dlm: fixes for nodir mode
The "nodir" mode (statically assign master nodes instead
of using the resource directory) has always been highly
experimental, and never seriously used.  This commit
fixes a number of problems, making nodir much more usable.

- Major change to recovery: recover all locks and restart
  all in-progress operations after recovery.  In some
  cases it's not possible to know which in-progess locks
  to recover, so recover all.  (Most require recovery
  in nodir mode anyway since rehashing changes most
  master nodes.)

- Change the way nodir mode is enabled, from a command
  line mount arg passed through gfs2, into a sysfs
  file managed by dlm_controld, consistent with the
  other config settings.

- Allow recovering MSTCPY locks on an rsb that has not
  yet been turned into a master copy.

- Ignore RCOM_LOCK and RCOM_LOCK_REPLY recovery messages
  from a previous, aborted recovery cycle.  Base this
  on the local recovery status not being in the state
  where any nodes should be sending LOCK messages for the
  current recovery cycle.

- Hold rsb lock around dlm_purge_mstcpy_locks() because it
  may run concurrently with dlm_recover_master_copy().

- Maintain highbast on process-copy lkb's (in addition to
  the master as is usual), because the lkb can switch
  back and forth between being a master and being a
  process copy as the master node changes in recovery.

- When recovering MSTCPY locks, flag rsb's that have
  non-empty convert or waiting queues for granting
  at the end of recovery.  (Rename flag from LOCKS_PURGED
  to RECOVER_GRANT and similar for the recovery function,
  because it's not only resources with purged locks
  that need grant a grant attempt.)

- Replace a couple of unnecessary assertion panics with
  error messages.

Signed-off-by: David Teigland <teigland@redhat.com>
2012-05-02 14:15:27 -05:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman d210267741 Merge 3.4-rc5 into staging-next
This resolves the conflict in:
	drivers/staging/vt6656/ioctl.c

Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-02 11:48:07 -07:00
Mark Brown 623682941a ASoC: core: Allow DAIs to specify a base address
Devices with many DAIs are becoming more and more common, and generally
the more modern devices have consistent register layouts between DAIs.
Rather than have drivers open code lookups based on the DAI ID or cause
uglification in UI by having register addresses for IDs provide a base
address field they can use.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
2012-05-02 15:42:27 +01:00
Russell King e9d7f40654 CLKDEV: provide helpers for common clock framework
The common clock framework allocates clocks dynamically.  Provide a
set of helpers to streamline the clkdev registration of the clock
lookups to avoid repetitive code sequences.

Reviewed-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Tested-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
2012-05-02 09:30:32 +01:00
Dave Airlie 5bc69bf9ae Merge tag 'drm-intel-next-2012-04-23' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~danvet/drm-intel into drm-core-next
Daniel Vetter writes:

A new drm-intel-next pull. Highlights:
- More gmbus patches from Daniel Kurtz, I think gmbus is now ready, all
 known issues fixed.
- Fencing cleanup and pipelined fencing removal from Chris.
- rc6 residency interface from Ben, useful for powertop.
- Cleanups and code reorg around the ringbuffer code (Ben&me).
- Use hw semaphores in the pageflip code from Ben.
- More vlv stuff from Jesse, unfortunately his vlv cpu is doa, so less
 merged than I've hoped for - we still have the unused function warning :(
- More hsw patches from Eugeni, again, not yet enabled fully.
- intel_pm.c refactoring from Eugeni.
- Ironlake sprite support from Chris.
- And various smaller improvements/fixes all over the place.

Note that this pull request also contains a backmerge of -rc3 to sort out
a few things in -next. I've also had to frob the shortlog a bit to exclude
anything that -rc3 brings in with this pull.

Regression wise we have a few strange bugs going on, but for all of them
closer inspection revealed that they've been pre-existing, just now
slightly more likely to be hit. And for most of them we have a patch
already. Otherwise QA has not reported any regressions, and I'm also not
aware of anything bad happening in 3.4.

* tag 'drm-intel-next-2012-04-23' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~danvet/drm-intel: (420 commits)
  drm/i915: rc6 residency (fix the fix)
  drm/i915/tv: fix open-coded ARRAY_SIZE.
  drm/i915: invalidate render cache on gen2
  drm/i915: Silence the change of LVDS sync polarity
  drm/i915: add generic power management initialization
  drm/i915: move clock gating functionality into intel_pm module
  drm/i915: move emon functionality into intel_pm module
  drm/i915: move drps, rps and rc6-related functions to intel_pm
  drm/i915: fix line breaks in intel_pm
  drm/i915: move watermarks settings into intel_pm module
  drm/i915: move fbc-related functionality into intel_pm module
  drm/i915: Refactor get_fence() to use the common fence writing routine
  drm/i915: Refactor fence clearing to use the common fence writing routine
  drm/i915: Refactor put_fence() to use the common fence writing routine
  drm/i915: Prepare to consolidate fence writing
  drm/i915: Remove the unsightly "optimisation" from flush_fence()
  drm/i915: Simplify fence finding
  drm/i915: Discard the unused obj->last_fenced_ring
  drm/i915: Remove unused ring->setup_seqno
  drm/i915: Remove fence pipelining
  ...
2012-05-02 09:22:29 +01:00
Aneesh V 7ec944538d memory: emif: add basic infrastructure for EMIF driver
EMIF is an SDRAM controller used in various Texas Instruments
SoCs. EMIF supports, based on its revision, one or more of
LPDDR2/DDR2/DDR3 protocols.

Add the basic infrastructure for EMIF driver that includes
driver registration, probe, parsing of platform data etc.

Signed-off-by: Aneesh V <aneesh@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoit Cousson <b-cousson@ti.com>
[santosh.shilimkar@ti.com: Moved to drivers/memory from drivers/misc]
Signed-off-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Tested-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-02 00:10:49 -07:00
Aneesh V 9c1c21a053 ddr: add LPDDR2 data from JESD209-2
add LPDDR2 data from the JEDEC spec JESD209-2. The data
includes:

1. Addressing information for LPDDR2 memories of different
   densities and types(S2/S4)
2. AC timing data.

This data will useful for memory controller device drivers.
Right now this is used by the TI EMIF SDRAM controller
driver.

Signed-off-by: Aneesh V <aneesh@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoit Cousson <b-cousson@ti.com>
[santosh.shilimkar@ti.com: Moved to drivers/memory from drivers/misc]
Signed-off-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Tested-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-02 00:04:06 -07:00
Saravana Kannan 0197b3ea0f clk: Use a separate struct for holding init data.
Create a struct clk_init_data to hold all data that needs to be passed from
the platfrom specific driver to the common clock framework during clock
registration. Add a pointer to this struct inside clk_hw.

This has several advantages:
* Completely hides struct clk from many clock platform drivers and static
  clock initialization code that don't care for static initialization of
  the struct clks.
* For platforms that want to do complete static initialization, it removed
  the need to directly mess with the struct clk's fields while still
  allowing to statically allocate struct clk. This keeps the code more
  future proof even if they include clk-private.h.
* Simplifies the generic clk_register() function and allows adding optional
  fields in the future without modifying the function signature.
* Simplifies the static initialization of clocks on all platforms by
  removing the need for forward delcarations or convoluted macros.

Signed-off-by: Saravana Kannan <skannan@codeaurora.org>
[mturquette@linaro.org: kept DEFINE_CLK_* macros and __clk_init]
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Jeremy Kerr <jeremy.kerr@canonical.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Arnd Bergman <arnd.bergmann@linaro.org>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul@pwsan.com>
Cc: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@freescale.com>
Cc: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Cc: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Cc: Richard Zhao <richard.zhao@linaro.org>
Cc: Saravana Kannan <skannan@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Magnus Damm <magnus.damm@gmail.com>
Cc: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Cc: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Amit Kucheria <amit.kucheria@linaro.org>
Cc: Deepak Saxena <dsaxena@linaro.org>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
2012-05-01 18:13:20 -07:00
Rajendra Nayak e447c50e3a clk: constify parent name arrays in macros
parent name array is now expected to be const char *, make
the relevent changes in the clk macros which define
default clock types.

Signed-off-by: Rajendra Nayak <rnayak@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
2012-05-01 18:13:20 -07:00
Trond Myklebust d69ee9b855 NFS: Adapt readdirplus to application usage patterns
While the use of READDIRPLUS is significantly more efficient than
READDIR followed by many LOOKUP calls, it is still less efficient
than just READDIR if the attributes are not required.

This patch tracks when lookups are attempted on the directory,
and uses that information to selectively disable READDIRPLUS
on that directory.
The first 'readdir' call is always served using READDIRPLUS.
Subsequent calls only use READDIRPLUS if there was a successful
lookup or revalidation on a child in the mean time.

Credit for the original idea should go to Neil Brown. See:
      http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-nfs/msg19996.html
However, the implementation in this patch differs from Neil's
in that it focuses on tracking lookups rather than calls to
stat().

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
2012-05-01 19:16:43 -04:00
Dong Aisheng 183f1d0c64 dt: add of_get_child_count helper function
Currently most code to get child count in kernel are almost same,
add a helper to implement this function for dt to use.

Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <dong.aisheng@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-05-02 01:14:40 +02:00
Linus Walleij 72fb92200d mfd/ab5500: delete AB5500 support
This platform has been obsoleted and was only available inside of
ST-Ericsson, no users of this code are left in the world. This
deletes the core U5500 support entirely in the same manner as the
obsoleted U8500 silicon was previously deleted.

Cc: Srinidhi Kasagar <srinidhi.kasagar@stericsson.com>
Cc: Rabin Vincent <rabin.vincent@stericsson.com>
Cc: Jonas Aberg <jonas.aberg@stericsson.com>
Cc: Per Forlin <per.forlin@stericsson.com>
Cc: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-05-02 00:39:55 +02:00
Linus Walleij dece3709b7 mfd/db5500-prcmu: delete DB5500 PRCMU support
This platform has been obsoleted and was only available inside of
ST-Ericsson, no users of this code are left in the world. This
deletes the core U5500 support entirely in the same manner as the
obsoleted U8500 silicon was previously deleted.

Cc: Srinidhi Kasagar <srinidhi.kasagar@stericsson.com>
Cc: Rabin Vincent <rabin.vincent@stericsson.com>
Cc: Jonas Aberg <jonas.aberg@stericsson.com>
Cc: Per Forlin <per.forlin@stericsson.com>
Cc: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-05-02 00:39:51 +02:00
Trond Myklebust 778d28172f NFSv4: Simplify the NFSv4 REMOVE, LINK and RENAME compounds
Get rid of the post-op GETATTR on the directory in order to reduce
the amount of processing done on the server.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-05-01 15:42:44 -04:00
Trond Myklebust 7c317fcfba NFSv4: Simplify the NFSv4 CREATE compound
Get rid of the post-op GETATTR on the directory in order to reduce
the amount of processing done on the server.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-05-01 15:42:44 -04:00
Trond Myklebust 90ff0c548d NFSv4: Simplify the NFSv4 OPEN compound
Get rid of the post-op GETATTR on the directory in order to reduce
the amount of processing done on the server.

The cost is that if we later need to stat() the directory, then we
know that the ctime and mtime are likely to be invalid.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-05-01 15:42:43 -04:00
Trond Myklebust 3a1556e866 NFSv2/v3: Simulate the change attribute
Use the ctime to simulate a change attribute for NFSv2 and NFSv3.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-05-01 15:42:43 -04:00
Rafael J. Wysocki 76e267d822 PM / Runtime: Remove device fields related to suspend time, v2
After the previous changes in default_stop_ok() and
default_power_down_ok() for PM domains, there are two fields in
struct dev_pm_info that aren't necessary any more,  suspend_time
and max_time_suspended_ns.

Remove those fields along with all of the code that accesses them,
which simplifies the runtime PM framework quite a bit.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2012-05-01 21:28:38 +02:00
Rafael J. Wysocki dd8683e97f PM / Domains: Rework default domain power off governor function, v2
The existing default domain power down governor function for PM
domains, default_power_down_ok(), is supposed to check whether or not
the PM QoS latency constraints of the devices in the domain will be
violated if the domain is turned off by pm_genpd_poweroff().
However, the computations carried out by it don't reflect the
definition of the PM QoS latency constrait in
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power.

Make default_power_down_ok() follow the definition of the PM QoS
latency constrait.  In particular, make it only take latencies into
account, because it doesn't matter how much time has elapsed since
the domain's devices were suspended for the computation.

Remove the break_even_ns and power_off_time fields from
struct generic_pm_domain, because they are not necessary any more.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2012-05-01 21:28:15 +02:00
Rafael J. Wysocki a5bef810ad PM / Domains: Rework default device stop governor function, v2
The existing default device stop governor function for PM domains,
default_stop_ok(), is supposed to check whether or not the device's
PM QoS latency constraint will be violated if the device is stopped
by pm_genpd_runtime_suspend().  However, the computations carried out
by it don't reflect the definition of the PM QoS latency constrait in
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power.

Make default_stop_ok() follow the definition of the PM QoS latency
constrait.  In particular, make it take the device's start and stop
latencies correctly.

Add a new field, effective_constraint_ns, to struct gpd_timing_data
and use it to store the difference between the device's PM QoS
constraint and its resume latency for use by the device's parent
(the effective_constraint_ns values for the children are used for
computing the parent's one along with its PM QoS constraint).

Remove the break_even_ns field from struct gpd_timing_data, because
it's not used any more.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2012-05-01 21:28:03 +02:00
Rafael J. Wysocki 55850945e8 PM / Sleep: Add "prevent autosleep time" statistics to wakeup sources
Android uses one wakelock statistics that is only necessary for
opportunistic sleep.  Namely, the prevent_suspend_time field
accumulates the total time the given wakelock has been locked
while "automatic suspend" was enabled.  Add an analogous field,
prevent_sleep_time, to wakeup sources and make it behave in a similar
way.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-01 21:25:49 +02:00
Rafael J. Wysocki 7483b4a4d9 PM / Sleep: Implement opportunistic sleep, v2
Introduce a mechanism by which the kernel can trigger global
transitions to a sleep state chosen by user space if there are no
active wakeup sources.

It consists of a new sysfs attribute, /sys/power/autosleep, that
can be written one of the strings returned by reads from
/sys/power/state, an ordered workqueue and a work item carrying out
the "suspend" operations.  If a string representing the system's
sleep state is written to /sys/power/autosleep, the work item
triggering transitions to that state is queued up and it requeues
itself after every execution until user space writes "off" to
/sys/power/autosleep.

That work item enables the detection of wakeup events using the
functions already defined in drivers/base/power/wakeup.c (with one
small modification) and calls either pm_suspend(), or hibernate() to
put the system into a sleep state.  If a wakeup event is reported
while the transition is in progress, it will abort the transition and
the "system suspend" work item will be queued up again.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
2012-05-01 21:25:38 +02:00
Arve Hjønnevåg 6791e36c4a PM / Sleep: Add wakeup_source_activate and wakeup_source_deactivate tracepoints
Add tracepoints to wakeup_source_activate and wakeup_source_deactivate.
Useful for checking that specific wakeup sources overlap as expected.

Signed-off-by: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2012-05-01 21:25:25 +02:00
Rafael J. Wysocki 30e3ce6dcb PM / Sleep: Change wakeup source statistics to follow Android
Wakeup statistics used by Android are slightly different from what we
have in wakeup sources at the moment and there aren't any known
users of those statistics other than Android, so modify them to make
it easier for Android to switch to wakeup sources.

This removes the struct wakeup_source's hit_cout field, which is very
rough and therefore not very useful, and adds two new fields,
wakeup_count and expire_count.  The first one tracks how many times
the wakeup source is activated with events_check_enabled set (which
roughly corresponds to the situations when a system power transition
to a sleep state is in progress and would be aborted by this wakeup
source if it were the only active one at that time) and the second
one is the number of times the wakeup source has been activated with
a timeout that expired.

Additionally, the last_time field is now updated when the wakeup
source is deactivated too (previously it was only updated during
the wakeup source's activation), which seems to be what Android does
with the analogous counter for wakelocks.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-01 21:25:11 +02:00
John W. Linville 076e7779c0 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem 2012-05-01 14:14:05 -04:00
Roland Stigge 8b7c3b6810 USB: Add driver for NXP ISP1301 USB transceiver
This new driver registers the NXP ISP1301 chip via the I2C subsystem.  The chip
is the USB transceiver shared by ohci-nxp, lpc32xx_udc (gadget) and
isp1301_omap.

ISP1301 is a very low-level driver that primarily separates out the I2C client
registration of the ISP1301 chip (including instantiation via DT), used by
other drivers, and declares the chip's registers. It's only a helper driver for
some OHCI and USB device drivers.  The driver can be considered as a register
set extension of ohci-nxp, lpc32xx-udc and isp1301_omap, which in turn know
best what to do with the low level functionality (individual ISP1301 registers
and timing, see the different initialization strategies in those drivers).
Those drivers previously internally duplicated ISP1301 register definitions
which is solved by this new isp1301 driver. The ISP1301 registers exposed via
isp1301.h can be accessed by other drivers using it with standard i2c_smbus_*()
accesses.

Following patches let the respective USB host and gadget drivers use this
driver, instead of duplicating ISP1301 handling.

Signed-off-by: Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-01 13:33:02 -04:00
Oliver Neukum 8815bb09af usbhid: prevent deadlock during timeout
On some HCDs usb_unlink_urb() can directly call the
completion handler. That limits the spinlocks that can
be taken in the handler to locks not held while calling
usb_unlink_urb()
To prevent a race with resubmission, this patch exposes
usbcore's infrastructure for blocking submission, uses it
and so drops the lock without causing a race in usbhid.

Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-01 13:22:13 -04:00
Eric Dumazet d961949660 net: fix two typos in skbuff.h
fix kernel doc typos in function names

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-01 09:40:19 -04:00
Eric Dumazet e4ae004b84 netem: add ECN capability
Add ECN (Explicit Congestion Notification) marking capability to netem

tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem drop 0.5 ecn

Instead of dropping packets, try to ECN mark them.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-01 09:39:48 -04:00
Eric Dumazet 18d0700024 net: skb_peek()/skb_peek_tail() cleanups
remove useless casts and rename variables for less confusion.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-01 09:39:48 -04:00
Chris Elston a32e0eec70 l2tp: introduce L2TPv3 IP encapsulation support for IPv6
L2TPv3 defines an IP encapsulation packet format where data is carried
directly over IP (no UDP). The kernel already has support for L2TP IP
encapsulation over IPv4 (l2tp_ip). This patch introduces support for
L2TP IP encapsulation over IPv6.

The implementation is derived from ipv6/raw and ipv4/l2tp_ip.

Signed-off-by: Chris Elston <celston@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-01 09:30:55 -04:00
Chris Elston f9bac8df90 l2tp: netlink api for l2tpv3 ipv6 unmanaged tunnels
This patch adds support for unmanaged L2TPv3 tunnels over IPv6 using
the netlink API. We already support unmanaged L2TPv3 tunnels over
IPv4. A patch to iproute2 to make use of this feature will be
submitted separately.

Signed-off-by: Chris Elston <celston@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-01 09:30:55 -04:00
James Chapman 9d4ec1aeda pppox: Replace __attribute__((packed)) in if_pppox.h
Checkpatch warns about the use of __attribute__((packed)). So use the
recommended __packed syntax instead.

Signed-off-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-01 09:30:55 -04:00
Jim Cromie 516cf1be07 dynamic_debug: use printk(KERN_WARNING..) in stub function
drivers/infiniband/ulp/srp/ib_srp.c #defines pr_fmt() PFX fmt, but PFX
is not #defined until after <linux/*> headers are included.

This results in a bad expansion of the pr_warn() in the stub function.

2084c2084
<   printk("<4>" PFX "dyndbg supported only in " "CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG builds\n")

Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-05-01 08:58:06 -04:00
Jens Axboe 0b7877d4ee Linux 3.4-rc5
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPnb50AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGAE0H/A4zFZIUGmF3miKPDYmejmrZ
 oVDYxVAu6JHjHWhu8E3VsinvyVscowjV8dr15eSaQzmDmRkSHAnUQ+dB7Di7jLC2
 MNopxsWjwyZ8zvvr3rFR76kjbWKk/1GYytnf7GPZLbJQzd51om2V/TY/6qkwiDSX
 U8Tt7ihSgHAezefqEmWp2X/1pxDCEt+VFyn9vWpkhgdfM1iuzF39MbxSZAgqDQ/9
 JJrBHFXhArqJguhENwL7OdDzkYqkdzlGtS0xgeY7qio2CzSXxZXK4svT6FFGA8Za
 xlAaIvzslDniv3vR2ZKd6wzUwFHuynX222hNim3QMaYdXm012M+Nn1ufKYGFxI0=
 =4d4w
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'v3.4-rc5' into for-3.5/core

The core branch is behind driver commits that we want to build
on for 3.5, hence I'm pulling in a later -rc.

Linux 3.4-rc5

Conflicts:
	Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt

Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2012-05-01 14:29:55 +02:00
Jonas Aaberg 112a80d29b mfd: Deny ab8500 suspend if i2c transfer is ongoing
If we are in the middle of an I2C transfer we need to deny suspend
of the AB8500 core. Implement an atomic reference counter for the
I2C operations to make sure we don't do this.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Aaberg <jonas.aberg@stericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattias Wallin <mattias.wallin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-01 13:33:18 +02:00
Virupax Sadashivpetimath 44f72e5338 mfd: Add new resources on ab8500 AB8505 and AB9540
The AB8505 and AB9540 has extended support for micro USB
resistance detection, used for detecting chargers. Let's
register resources for this resource. Let's also split off the
separate codec device for AB9540.

Signed-off-by: Virupax Sadashivpetimath <virupax.sadashivpetimath@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-01 13:32:46 +02:00
Henrik Rydberg 4fa3a5837b HID: hid-multitouch: Switch to device groups
Switch the driver over to device group handling.  By adding the
HID_GROUP_MULTITOUCH group to hid-core, hid-generic will no longer
match multitouch devices.  By adding the HID_GROUP_MULTITOUCH entry to
the device list, hid-multitouch will match all unknown multitouch
devices, and udev will automatically load the module.

Since HID_QUIRK_MULTITOUCH never gets set, the special quirks handling
can be removed.  Since all HID MT devices have HID_DG_CONTACTID, they
can be removed from the hid_have_special_driver list.

With this patch, the unknown device ids are no longer NULL, so the code
is modified to check for the generic entry instead.

Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Acked-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-05-01 12:54:55 +02:00
Henrik Rydberg 070748ed0b HID: Create a generic device group
Devices that do not have a special driver are handled by the generic
driver. This patch does the same thing using device groups; Instead of
forcing a particular driver, the appropriate driver is picked up by
udev. As a consequence, one can now move a device from generic to
specific handling by a simple rebind. By adding a new device id to the
generic driver, the same thing can be done in reverse.

Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Acked-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-05-01 12:54:55 +02:00
Henrik Rydberg 7431fb767d HID: Allow bus wildcard matching
Most HID drivers do not need to know what bus driver is in use.
A generic group driver can drive any hid device, and the device
list should not need to be duplicated for each new bus.

This patch adds wildcard matching to the HID bus, simplifying device
list handling for group drivers.

Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Acked-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-05-01 12:54:54 +02:00
Henrik Rydberg 734c660931 HID: Scan the device for group info before adding it
In order to allow the report descriptor to influence the hid device
properties, one needs to parse the descriptor early, without reference
to any driver. Scan the descriptor for group information during device
add, before the device has been broadcast to userland. The device
modalias will contain group information which can be used to
differentiate between modules. For starters, just handle the generic
group.

Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Acked-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-05-01 12:54:54 +02:00
Henrik Rydberg 4d53b8012f HID: Add device group to modalias
HID devices are only partially presented to userland.  Hotplugged
devices emit events containing a modalias based on the basic bus,
vendor and product entities. However, in practise a hid device can
depend on details such as a single usb interface or a particular item
in a report descriptor.

This patch adds a device group to the hid device id, and broadcasts it
using uevent and the device modalias.  The module alias generation is
modified to match. As a consequence, a device with a non-zero group
will be processed by the corresponding group driver instead of by the
generic hid driver.

Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Acked-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-05-01 12:54:54 +02:00
Henrik Rydberg a7197c2e41 HID: Handle driver-specific device descriptor in core
The low-level driver can read the report descriptor, but it cannot
determine driver-specific changes to it. The hid core can fixup
and parse the report descriptor during driver attach, but does
not have direct access to the descriptor when doing so.

To be able to handle attach/detach of hid drivers properly,
a semantic change to hid_parse_report() is needed. This function has
been used in two ways, both as descriptor reader in the ll drivers and
as a parsor in the probe of the drivers. This patch splits the usage
by introducing hid_open_report(), and modifies the hid_parse() macro
to call hid_open_report() instead. The only usage of hid_parse_report()
is then to read and store the device descriptor. As a consequence, we
can handle the report fixups automatically inside the hid core.

Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Tested-by: Nikolai Kondrashov <spbnick@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-05-01 12:54:53 +02:00
Laxman Dewangan 201cf05281 mfd: Add support for tps65910 device sleep
Adding support for device sleep through the external input control
signal "SLEEP".
Changing the SLEEP signal state can switch the device into SLEEP and
ACTIVE state.
Also adding sleep configuration for different resources so that they
should be keep on during sleep state of device.

Signed-off-by: Laxman Dewangan <ldewangan@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-01 12:00:23 +02:00
Paul Parsons 4f304245bb mfd: Set asic3 DS1WM clock_rate
The mfd/asic3 driver does not set the ds1wm_driver_data clock_rate field
before passing the structure to the DS1WM w1 busmaster driver.
This was not noticed before commit 26a6afb, because ds1wm_find_divisor()
unintentionally returned the correct divisor when a zero clock_rate was
passed in. However after that commit DS1WM fails a zero clock_rate:

ds1wm ds1wm: no suitable divisor for 0Hz clock

This patch sets the ds1wm_driver_data clock_rate field.

Signed-off-by: Paul Parsons <lost.distance@yahoo.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-01 12:00:22 +02:00
Aaron Sierra 4630b130b3 mfd: Add LPC driver for Intel ICH chipsets
This driver currently creates resources for use by a forthcoming ICH
chipset GPIO driver. It could be expanded to create the resources for
converting the esb2rom (mtd) and iTCO_wdt (wdt), and potentially more,
drivers to use the mfd model.

Signed-off-by: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2012-05-01 12:00:21 +02:00
Eric Dumazet d7e8883cfc net: make GRO aware of skb->head_frag
GRO can check if skb to be merged has its skb->head mapped to a page
fragment, instead of a kmalloc() area.

We 'upgrade' skb->head as a fragment in itself

This avoids the frag_list fallback, and permits to build true GRO skb
(one sk_buff and up to 16 fragments), using less memory.

This reduces number of cache misses when user makes its copy, since a
single sk_buff is fetched.

This is a followup of patch "net: allow skb->head to be a page fragment"

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-30 21:35:49 -04:00
Eric Dumazet d3836f21b0 net: allow skb->head to be a page fragment
skb->head is currently allocated from kmalloc(). This is convenient but
has the drawback the data cannot be converted to a page fragment if
needed.

We have three spots were it hurts :

1) GRO aggregation

 When a linear skb must be appended to another skb, GRO uses the
frag_list fallback, very inefficient since we keep all struct sk_buff
around. So drivers enabling GRO but delivering linear skbs to network
stack aren't enabling full GRO power.

2) splice(socket -> pipe).

 We must copy the linear part to a page fragment.
 This kind of defeats splice() purpose (zero copy claim)

3) TCP coalescing.

 Recently introduced, this permits to group several contiguous segments
into a single skb. This shortens queue lengths and save kernel memory,
and greatly reduce probabilities of TCP collapses. This coalescing
doesnt work on linear skbs (or we would need to copy data, this would be
too slow)

Given all these issues, the following patch introduces the possibility
of having skb->head be a fragment in itself. We use a new skb flag,
skb->head_frag to carry this information.

build_skb() is changed to accept a frag_size argument. Drivers willing
to provide a page fragment instead of kmalloc() data will set a non zero
value, set to the fragment size.

Then, on situations we need to convert the skb head to a frag in itself,
we can check if skb->head_frag is set and avoid the copies or various
fallbacks we have.

This means drivers currently using frags could be updated to avoid the
current skb->head allocation and reduce their memory footprint (aka skb
truesize). (thats 512 or 1024 bytes saved per skb). This also makes
bpf/netfilter faster since the 'first frag' will be part of skb linear
part, no need to copy data.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-30 21:35:11 -04:00
Konstantin Weitz 41628d3343 KVM: s390: Implement the directed yield (diag 9c) hypervisor call for KVM
This patch implements the directed yield hypercall found on other
System z hypervisors. It delegates execution time to the virtual cpu
specified in the instruction's parameter.

Useful to avoid long spinlock waits in the guest.

Christian Borntraeger: moved common code in virt/kvm/

Signed-off-by: Konstantin Weitz <WEITZKON@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
2012-04-30 21:38:31 -03:00
Trond Myklebust 4f97615d19 NFS: Fix a compile issue when CONFIG_NFS_V4_1 is undefined
struct nfs_direct_req can't compile when struct pnfs_ds_commit_info
is undefined.

Reported-by: Bryan Schumaker <bjschuma@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
2012-04-30 18:39:20 -04:00
Brian Austin dfe0f98b8d ASoC: Add support for CS42L52 Codec
This patch adds support for Cirrus Logic CS42L52 Low Power Stereo Codec

Signed-off-by: Brian Austin <brian.austin@cirrus.com>
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <joe@nucleusys.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-04-30 23:36:20 +01:00
Linus Torvalds e7a7c9ab41 SCSI fixes on 20120430
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPnjtXAAoJEDeqqVYsXL0MNWkIAMYc5n06Ac/gdLY8xIIYD6GA
 OzLd/NQ2Q4RqZJsX26OueX2ZjMRYDixBAmiw837K9PvrLUHGfMAaninNyzDgVZ3R
 pbIK45OylIQrvMAl/R7ZzqihfxJjg5utqEUt1M2qv/ikkBJ8+zWAJTQKxRYJ1OAW
 9QDhIP986hljNyZfDuqXBvA4XkngYeCO0WLjBOeYCseSzeV8vOLpmsD/ANHDcqA6
 Ct4uM4KJWF4jHz3sN3w5T3morNwvh42onNcy++911HcH5Nc9bkOqBWQAZ5RtINp9
 8rkUz3OtCCQpZz6ffF3ZXJaopuU3ELfP80t03OScr2T75SxLqLf6mFYVAcR7RpQ=
 =nXrE
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi

Pull SCSI fixes from James Bottomley:
 "This is a set of SAS and SATA fixes; there are one or two longstanding
  bug fixes, but most of this is regression fixes."

* tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi:
  [SCSI] libfc: update mfs boundry checking
  [SCSI] Revert "[SCSI] libsas: fix sas port naming"
  [SCSI] libsas: fix false positive 'device attached' conditions
  [SCSI] libsas, libata: fix start of life for a sas ata_port
  [SCSI] libsas: fix ata_eh clobbering ex_phys via smp_ata_check_ready
  [SCSI] libsas: unify domain_device sas_rphy lifetimes
  [SCSI] libsas: fix sas_get_port_device regression
  [SCSI] libsas: fix sas_find_bcast_phy() in the presence of 'vacant' phys
  [SCSI] libsas: introduce sas_work to fix sas_drain_work vs sas_queue_work
  [SCSI] libata: Pass correct DMA device to scsi host
  [SCSI] scsi_lib: use correct DMA device in __scsi_alloc_queue
2012-04-30 15:33:50 -07:00
Matthew Garrett 41b3254c93 efi: Add new variable attributes
More recent versions of the UEFI spec have added new attributes for
variables. Add them.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-04-30 15:30:18 -07:00
Ashish Jangam 2e33caf16f regmap: Converts group operation into single read write operations
Some devices does not support bulk read and write operations, for them
we have series of single write and read operations.

Signed-off-by: Anthony Olech <Anthony.Olech@diasemi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Jangam <ashish.jangam@kpitcummins.com>
[Fixed coding style, don't check use_single_rw before assign --broonie ]
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-04-30 23:29:56 +01:00
Bjorn Helgaas 284f5f9dba PCI: work around Stratus ftServer broken PCIe hierarchy
A PCIe downstream port is a P2P bridge.  Its secondary interface is
a link that should lead only to device 0 (unless ARI is enabled)[1], so
we don't probe for non-zero device numbers.

Some Stratus ftServer systems have a PCIe downstream port (02:00.0) that
leads to both an upstream port (03:00.0) and a downstream port (03:01.0),
and 03:01.0 has important devices below it:

  [0000:02]-+-00.0-[03-3c]--+-00.0-[04-09]--...
                            \-01.0-[0a-0d]--+-[USB]
                                            +-[NIC]
                                            +-...

Previously, we didn't enumerate device 03:01.0, so USB and the network
didn't work.  This patch adds a DMI quirk to scan all device numbers,
not just 0, below a downstream port.

Based on a patch by Prarit Bhargava.

[1] PCIe spec r3.0, sec 7.3.1

CC: Myron Stowe <mstowe@redhat.com>
CC: Don Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
CC: James Paradis <james.paradis@stratus.com>
CC: Matthew Wilcox <matthew.r.wilcox@intel.com>
CC: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
CC: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
2012-04-30 15:21:02 -06:00
Yinghai Lu 4fa2649a01 PCI: add host bridge release support
We need a hook to release host bridge resources allocated when creating
root bus.

Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
2012-04-30 14:52:43 -06:00
H. Peter Anvin f5c2347ee2 asm-generic: Use __BITS_PER_LONG in statfs.h
<asm-generic/statfs.h> is exported to userspace, so using
BITS_PER_LONG is invalid.  We need to use __BITS_PER_LONG instead.

This is kernel bugzilla 43165.

Reported-by: H.J. Lu <hjl.tools@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1335465916-16965-1-git-send-email-hpa@linux.intel.com
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
2012-04-30 12:55:15 -07:00
Yinghai Lu 7b54366358 PCI: add generic device into pci_host_bridge struct
Use that device for pci_root_bus bridge pointer.

Use pci_release_bus_bridge_dev() to release allocated pci_host_bridge in
remove path.

Use root bus bridge pointer to get host bridge pointer instead of searching
host bridge list.  That leaves the host bridge list unused, so remove it.

Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
2012-04-30 13:53:42 -06:00
Jim Cromie b48420c1d3 dynamic_debug: make dynamic-debug work for module initialization
This introduces a fake module param $module.dyndbg.  Its based upon
Thomas Renninger's $module.ddebug boot-time debugging patch from
https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/9/15/397

The 'fake' module parameter is provided for all modules, whether or
not they need it.  It is not explicitly added to each module, but is
implemented in callbacks invoked from parse_args.

For builtin modules, dynamic_debug_init() now directly calls
parse_args(..., &ddebug_dyndbg_boot_params_cb), to process the params
undeclared in the modules, just after the ddebug tables are processed.

While its slightly weird to reprocess the boot params, parse_args() is
already called repeatedly by do_initcall_levels().  More importantly,
the dyndbg queries (given in ddebug_query or dyndbg params) cannot be
activated until after the ddebug tables are ready, and reusing
parse_args is cleaner than doing an ad-hoc parse.  This reparse would
break options like inc_verbosity, but they probably should be params,
like verbosity=3.

ddebug_dyndbg_boot_params_cb() handles both bare dyndbg (aka:
ddebug_query) and module-prefixed dyndbg params, and ignores all other
parameters.  For example, the following will enable pr_debug()s in 4
builtin modules, in the order given:

  dyndbg="module params +p; module aio +p" module.dyndbg=+p pci.dyndbg

For loadable modules, parse_args() in load_module() calls
ddebug_dyndbg_module_params_cb().  This handles bare dyndbg params as
passed from modprobe, and errors on other unknown params.

Note that modprobe reads /proc/cmdline, so "modprobe foo" grabs all
foo.params, strips the "foo.", and passes these to the kernel.
ddebug_dyndbg_module_params_cb() is again called for the unknown
params; it handles dyndbg, and errors on others.  The "doing" arg
added previously contains the module name.

For non CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG builds, the stub function accepts
and ignores $module.dyndbg params, other unknowns get -ENOENT.

If no param value is given (as in pci.dyndbg example above), "+p" is
assumed, which enables all pr_debug callsites in the module.

The dyndbg fake parameter is not shown in /sys/module/*/parameters,
thus it does not use any resources.  Changes to it are made via the
control file.

Also change pr_info in ddebug_exec_queries to vpr_info,
no need to see it all the time.

Signed-off-by: Jim Cromie <jim.cromie@gmail.com>
CC: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
CC: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-04-30 14:31:46 -04:00
Jim Cromie 9fb48c744b params: add 3rd arg to option handler callback signature
Add a 3rd arg, named "doing", to unknown-options callbacks invoked
from parse_args(). The arg is passed as:

  "Booting kernel" from start_kernel(),
  initcall_level_names[i] from do_initcall_level(),
  mod->name from load_module(), via parse_args(), parse_one()

parse_args() already has the "name" parameter, which is renamed to
"doing" to better reflect current uses 1,2 above.  parse_args() passes
it to an altered parse_one(), which now passes it down into the
unknown option handler callbacks.

The mod->name will be needed to handle dyndbg for loadable modules,
since params passed by modprobe are not qualified (they do not have a
"$modname." prefix), and by the time the unknown-param callback is
called, the module name is not otherwise available.

Minor tweaks:

Add param-name to parse_one's pr_debug(), current message doesnt
identify the param being handled, add it.

Add a pr_info to print current level and level_name of the initcall,
and number of registered initcalls at that level.  This adds 7 lines
to dmesg output, like:

   initlevel:6=device, 172 registered initcalls

Drop "parameters" from initcall_level_names[], its unhelpful in the
pr_info() added above.  This array is passed into parse_args() by
do_initcall_level().

CC: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Jim Cromie <jim.cromie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-04-30 14:05:27 -04:00
Lai Jiangshan 931ea9d1a6 rcu: Implement per-domain single-threaded call_srcu() state machine
This commit implements an SRCU state machine in support of call_srcu().
The state machine is preemptible, light-weight, and single-threaded,
minimizing synchronization overhead.  In particular, there is no longer
any need for synchronize_srcu() to be guarded by a mutex.

Expedited processing is handled, at least in the absence of concurrent
grace-period operations on that same srcu_struct structure, by having
the synchronize_srcu_expedited() thread take on the role of the
workqueue thread for one iteration.

There is a reasonable probability that a given SRCU callback will
be invoked on the same CPU that registered it, however, there is no
guarantee.  Concurrent SRCU grace-period primitives can cause callbacks
to be executed elsewhere, even in absence of CPU-hotplug operations.

Callbacks execute in process context, but under the influence of
local_bh_disable(), so it is illegal to sleep in an SRCU callback
function.

Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2012-04-30 10:48:25 -07:00
Lai Jiangshan 966f58c2f6 rcu: Remove unused srcu_barrier()
The old srcu_barrier() macro is now unused.  This commit removes it so
that it may be used for the SRCU flavor of rcu_barrier(), which will in
turn be needed to allow the upcoming call_srcu() to be used from within
modules.

Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2012-04-30 10:48:23 -07:00
Lai Jiangshan b52ce066c5 rcu: Implement a variant of Peter's SRCU algorithm
This commit implements a variant of Peter's algorithm, which may be found
at https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/2/1/119.

o	Make the checking lock-free to enable parallel checking.
	Parallel checking is required when (1) the original checking
	task is preempted for a long time, (2) sychronize_srcu_expedited()
	starts during an ongoing SRCU grace period, or (3) we wish to
	avoid acquiring a lock.

o	Since the checking is lock-free, we avoid a mutex in state machine
	for call_srcu().

o	Remove the SRCU_REF_MASK and remove the coupling with the flipping.
	This might allow us to remove the preempt_disable() in future
	versions, though such removal will need great care because it
	rescinds the one-old-reader-per-CPU guarantee.

o	Remove a smp_mb(), simplify the comments and make the smp_mb() pairs
	more intuitive.

Inspired-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2012-04-30 10:48:22 -07:00
Lai Jiangshan 440253c17f rcu: Increment upper bit only for srcu_read_lock()
The purpose of the upper bit of SRCU's per-CPU counters is to guarantee
that no reasonable series of srcu_read_lock() and srcu_read_unlock()
operations can return the value of the counter to its original value.
This guarantee is require only after the index has been switched to
the other set of counters, so at most one srcu_read_lock() can affect
a given CPU's counter.  The number of srcu_read_unlock() operations
on a given counter is limited to the number of tasks in the system,
which given the Linux kernel's current structure is limited to far less
than 2^30 on 32-bit systems and far less than 2^62 on 64-bit systems.
(Something about a limited number of bytes in the kernel's address space.)

Therefore, if srcu_read_lock() increments the upper bits, then
srcu_read_unlock() need not do so.  In this case, an srcu_read_lock() and
an srcu_read_unlock() will flip the lower bit of the upper field of the
counter.  An unreasonably large additional number of srcu_read_unlock()
operations would be required to return the counter to its initial value,
thus preserving the guarantee.

This commit takes this approach, which further allows it to shrink
the size of the upper field to one bit, making the number of
srcu_read_unlock() operations required to return the counter to its
initial value even more unreasonable than before.

Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2012-04-30 10:48:20 -07:00
Paul E. McKenney cef50120b6 rcu: Direct algorithmic SRCU implementation
The current implementation of synchronize_srcu_expedited() can cause
severe OS jitter due to its use of synchronize_sched(), which in turn
invokes try_stop_cpus(), which causes each CPU to be sent an IPI.
This can result in severe performance degradation for real-time workloads
and especially for short-interation-length HPC workloads.  Furthermore,
because only one instance of try_stop_cpus() can be making forward progress
at a given time, only one instance of synchronize_srcu_expedited() can
make forward progress at a time, even if they are all operating on
distinct srcu_struct structures.

This commit, inspired by an earlier implementation by Peter Zijlstra
(https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/31/211) and by further offline discussions,
takes a strictly algorithmic bits-in-memory approach.  This has the
disadvantage of requiring one explicit memory-barrier instruction in
each of srcu_read_lock() and srcu_read_unlock(), but on the other hand
completely dispenses with OS jitter and furthermore allows SRCU to be
used freely by CPUs that RCU believes to be idle or offline.

The update-side implementation handles the single read-side memory
barrier by rechecking the per-CPU counters after summing them and
by running through the update-side state machine twice.

This implementation has passed moderate rcutorture testing on both
x86 and Power.  Also updated to use this_cpu_ptr() instead of per_cpu_ptr(),
as suggested by Peter Zijlstra.

Reported-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Reviewed-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
2012-04-30 10:48:19 -07:00
Eric Dumazet 518fbf9cdf net: fix sk_sockets_allocated_read_positive
Denys Fedoryshchenko reported frequent crashes on a proxy server and kindly
provided a lockdep report that explains it all :

  [  762.903868]
  [  762.903880] =================================
  [  762.903890] [ INFO: inconsistent lock state ]
  [  762.903903] 3.3.4-build-0061 #8 Not tainted
  [  762.904133] ---------------------------------
  [  762.904344] inconsistent {IN-SOFTIRQ-W} -> {SOFTIRQ-ON-W} usage.
  [  762.904542] squid/1603 [HC0[0]:SC0[0]:HE1:SE1] takes:
  [  762.904542]  (key#3){+.?...}, at: [<c0232cc4>]
__percpu_counter_sum+0xd/0x58
  [  762.904542] {IN-SOFTIRQ-W} state was registered at:
  [  762.904542]   [<c0158b84>] __lock_acquire+0x284/0xc26
  [  762.904542]   [<c01598e8>] lock_acquire+0x71/0x85
  [  762.904542]   [<c0349765>] _raw_spin_lock+0x33/0x40
  [  762.904542]   [<c0232c93>] __percpu_counter_add+0x58/0x7c
  [  762.904542]   [<c02cfde1>] sk_clone_lock+0x1e5/0x200
  [  762.904542]   [<c0303ee4>] inet_csk_clone_lock+0xe/0x78
  [  762.904542]   [<c0315778>] tcp_create_openreq_child+0x1b/0x404
  [  762.904542]   [<c031339c>] tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock+0x32/0x1c1
  [  762.904542]   [<c031615a>] tcp_check_req+0x1fd/0x2d7
  [  762.904542]   [<c0313f77>] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xab/0x194
  [  762.904542]   [<c03153bb>] tcp_v4_rcv+0x3b3/0x5cc
  [  762.904542]   [<c02fc0c4>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x13a/0x1e9
  [  762.904542]   [<c02fc539>] NF_HOOK.clone.11+0x46/0x4d
  [  762.904542]   [<c02fc652>] ip_local_deliver+0x41/0x45
  [  762.904542]   [<c02fc4d1>] ip_rcv_finish+0x31a/0x33c
  [  762.904542]   [<c02fc539>] NF_HOOK.clone.11+0x46/0x4d
  [  762.904542]   [<c02fc857>] ip_rcv+0x201/0x23e
  [  762.904542]   [<c02daa3a>] __netif_receive_skb+0x319/0x368
  [  762.904542]   [<c02dac07>] netif_receive_skb+0x4e/0x7d
  [  762.904542]   [<c02dacf6>] napi_skb_finish+0x1e/0x34
  [  762.904542]   [<c02db122>] napi_gro_receive+0x20/0x24
  [  762.904542]   [<f85d1743>] e1000_receive_skb+0x3f/0x45 [e1000e]
  [  762.904542]   [<f85d3464>] e1000_clean_rx_irq+0x1f9/0x284 [e1000e]
  [  762.904542]   [<f85d3926>] e1000_clean+0x62/0x1f4 [e1000e]
  [  762.904542]   [<c02db228>] net_rx_action+0x90/0x160
  [  762.904542]   [<c012a445>] __do_softirq+0x7b/0x118
  [  762.904542] irq event stamp: 156915469
  [  762.904542] hardirqs last  enabled at (156915469): [<c019b4f4>]
__slab_alloc.clone.58.clone.63+0xc4/0x2de
  [  762.904542] hardirqs last disabled at (156915468): [<c019b452>]
__slab_alloc.clone.58.clone.63+0x22/0x2de
  [  762.904542] softirqs last  enabled at (156915466): [<c02ce677>]
lock_sock_nested+0x64/0x6c
  [  762.904542] softirqs last disabled at (156915464): [<c0349914>]
_raw_spin_lock_bh+0xe/0x45
  [  762.904542]
  [  762.904542] other info that might help us debug this:
  [  762.904542]  Possible unsafe locking scenario:
  [  762.904542]
  [  762.904542]        CPU0
  [  762.904542]        ----
  [  762.904542]   lock(key#3);
  [  762.904542]   <Interrupt>
  [  762.904542]     lock(key#3);
  [  762.904542]
  [  762.904542]  *** DEADLOCK ***
  [  762.904542]
  [  762.904542] 1 lock held by squid/1603:
  [  762.904542]  #0:  (sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<c03055c0>]
lock_sock+0xa/0xc
  [  762.904542]
  [  762.904542] stack backtrace:
  [  762.904542] Pid: 1603, comm: squid Not tainted 3.3.4-build-0061 #8
  [  762.904542] Call Trace:
  [  762.904542]  [<c0347b73>] ? printk+0x18/0x1d
  [  762.904542]  [<c015873a>] valid_state+0x1f6/0x201
  [  762.904542]  [<c0158816>] mark_lock+0xd1/0x1bb
  [  762.904542]  [<c015876b>] ? mark_lock+0x26/0x1bb
  [  762.904542]  [<c015805d>] ? check_usage_forwards+0x77/0x77
  [  762.904542]  [<c0158bf8>] __lock_acquire+0x2f8/0xc26
  [  762.904542]  [<c0159b8e>] ? mark_held_locks+0x5d/0x7b
  [  762.904542]  [<c0159cf6>] ? trace_hardirqs_on+0xb/0xd
  [  762.904542]  [<c0158dd4>] ? __lock_acquire+0x4d4/0xc26
  [  762.904542]  [<c01598e8>] lock_acquire+0x71/0x85
  [  762.904542]  [<c0232cc4>] ? __percpu_counter_sum+0xd/0x58
  [  762.904542]  [<c0349765>] _raw_spin_lock+0x33/0x40
  [  762.904542]  [<c0232cc4>] ? __percpu_counter_sum+0xd/0x58
  [  762.904542]  [<c0232cc4>] __percpu_counter_sum+0xd/0x58
  [  762.904542]  [<c02cebc4>] __sk_mem_schedule+0xdd/0x1c7
  [  762.904542]  [<c02d178d>] ? __alloc_skb+0x76/0x100
  [  762.904542]  [<c0305e8e>] sk_wmem_schedule+0x21/0x2d
  [  762.904542]  [<c0306370>] sk_stream_alloc_skb+0x42/0xaa
  [  762.904542]  [<c0306567>] tcp_sendmsg+0x18f/0x68b
  [  762.904542]  [<c031f3dc>] ? ip_fast_csum+0x30/0x30
  [  762.904542]  [<c0320193>] inet_sendmsg+0x53/0x5a
  [  762.904542]  [<c02cb633>] sock_aio_write+0xd2/0xda
  [  762.904542]  [<c015876b>] ? mark_lock+0x26/0x1bb
  [  762.904542]  [<c01a1017>] do_sync_write+0x9f/0xd9
  [  762.904542]  [<c01a2111>] ? file_free_rcu+0x2f/0x2f
  [  762.904542]  [<c01a17a1>] vfs_write+0x8f/0xab
  [  762.904542]  [<c01a284d>] ? fget_light+0x75/0x7c
  [  762.904542]  [<c01a1900>] sys_write+0x3d/0x5e
  [  762.904542]  [<c0349ec9>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb
  [  762.904542]  [<c0340000>] ? rp_sidt+0x41/0x83

Bug is that sk_sockets_allocated_read_positive() calls
percpu_counter_sum_positive() without BH being disabled.

This bug was added in commit 180d8cd942
(foundations of per-cgroup memory pressure controlling.), since previous
code was using percpu_counter_read_positive() which is IRQ safe.

In __sk_mem_schedule() we dont need the precise count of allocated
sockets and can revert to previous behavior.

Reported-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Sined-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-30 13:37:59 -04:00
Jim Cromie 3faa286055 dynamic_debug: fix leading spaces in dynamic_debug.h
clean up some space-before-tabs problems.

Signed-off-by: Jim Cromie <jim.cromie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-04-30 13:35:31 -04:00
David S. Miller 5414fc12e3 Merge branch 'master' of git://1984.lsi.us.es/net 2012-04-30 13:23:22 -04:00
Hans Schillstrom 8537de8a7a ipvs: kernel oops - do_ip_vs_get_ctl
Change order of init so netns init is ready
when register ioctl and netlink.

Ver2
	Whitespace fixes and __init added.

Reported-by: "Ryan O'Hara" <rohara@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2012-04-30 10:40:35 +02:00
Hans Schillstrom 582b8e3ead ipvs: take care of return value from protocol init_netns
ip_vs_create_timeout_table() can return NULL
All functions protocol init_netns is affected of this patch.

Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2012-04-30 10:40:35 +02:00
Jiri Kosina d6d7c87352 HID: fix return value of hidraw_report_event() when !CONFIG_HIDRAW
Commit b6787242f3 ("HID: hidraw: add proper error handling to raw event
reporting") forgot to update the static inline version of
hidraw_report_event() for the case when CONFIG_HIDRAW is unset. Fix that
up.

Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-04-30 10:39:17 +02:00
Felipe Balbi 93c309ded1 usb: ch9: define Set SEL and Set Isoch Delay macros
These are new requests introduced by USB 3.0
Specification. Gadget controllers should implement
them.

Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2012-04-30 11:31:21 +03:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman 007bab9132 USB: remove CONFIG_USB_DEVICE_CLASS
This option has been deprecated for many years now, and no userspace
tools use it anymore, so it should be safe to finally remove it.

Reported-by: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2012-04-29 22:29:57 -04:00